install longstanding and complicated package frankenstein

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4311 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

29 files changed, 13546 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7c3143045c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{abbrevs} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Abbrevs package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{1997/10/18}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{abbrevs.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{25}
+%
+% \section{\cname{DateMarkSize}}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize}
+% I like to use this definition instead of the one in the main file, but I
+% didn't want to require \package{abbrevs} to depend on \package{relsize}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{relsize}
+\def\DateMarkSize {%
+  \relsize{-1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Backwards compatibility}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewCategory}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevPlain}
+%    This can be uncommented to deal with anything you might have written that
+%    referred to these variables before I changed their names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\TMNewCategory\NewAbbrevCategory
+% \newlet\TMDefineAbbrevPlain\TMDefineAbbrevStandard
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Suggestions}
+%
+% Here are ideas commented out that you might want to try. 
+%
+% You can learn a helpful general strategy about how to work with hooks in
+% \LaTeX{} from this example.  If you put the inhibitor directly into
+% \cs\PreFootnote, you could never take it out without either losing whatever
+% else had been put into \cs\PreFootnote, or using some thorny procedure that
+% stepped through the macro and removed just the inhibitor (you don't want to
+% try that).  If you add a ``subhook'' to \cs\PreFootnote, you can turn the
+% subhook on or off without even knowing what else in in \cs\PreFootnote.  You
+% can't redefine \cs\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue.  A \cs\newcommand would work as
+% well as the \cs\newlet here, a tad less efficient.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\FootnoteTMHook\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue
+% \addto@macro\PreFootnote {%
+%   \FootnoteTMHook
+% }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% To undo the effect later, say \code{\let\FootnoteTMHook\relax} or
+% \code{\global\let}\lips as appropriate.
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+%
+% I'm presently writing a dissertation on \beckett.  Although there is
+% comparatively little biographical material available, it is well known that
+% he spent several years under the wing of \joyce, another of the great writers
+% in English this century.  \joyce and \beckett, it is curious, like other
+% great writers, both had trouble with their vision, and both were exiles in
+% some sense.  One of my favorite pieces by \beckett is \worst, a short work
+% written in the 1980's not long before his death: ``Fail again.  Fail
+% better.''  \worst is lyric and exalting to me.  A work I feel is underrated
+% is the radio play \fall (all but his three long plays are collected in \csp).
+% It's extremely funny, and very touchingly compassionate.  Because it is a
+% radio play, it loses less from performance to reading.  I would recommend
+% \fall to anyone.  His later plays (and fiction) are famously enigmatic, but
+% with a little practice, it is not hard to see the same lyric beauty and
+% compassion.  Take the brief television play \nacht (in \csp of course), which
+% has no dialogue, only a few murmured bars of the Schubert song, also brief,
+% and also called \nacht---it's one of the most hauntingly beautiful few
+% minutes of music I've ever heard, and I particularly recommend Cheryl
+% Studer's recording on Deutsche Grammophone.  Every other recording I've heard
+% plays too fast.
+% 
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+% 
+% \joyceshort is short for \joyce, not \joyce Smith. 
+% 
+% \ResetAbbrevs{All}
+% 
+% Now some more rigious and boring testing.  Each pair should be identical.
+% 
+% \newbook\aaa{initial}[subsequent]
+% \newname\www{tmacro}[tmacro-subsequent]
+%
+% {\parindent0pt
+%
+% ^^A\def\ldebug#1{\tracingmacros#1\tracingcommands#1\VerboseErrors\relax}
+% \let\ldebug\Gobble
+%
+% \textit{\textitswitch{initial} hello}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \textit{\aaa hello}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textup{\textitswitch{subsequent} hello}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \textup{\aaa hello}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}~tie\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa~tie
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} regular text\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa regular text
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}: colon\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa: colon
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}; semicolon\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa; semicolon
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}. Period.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa. Period.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}!  Exclamation point.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa!  Exclamation point.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}?  Question mark.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa?  Question mark.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}-hyphen.\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa-hyphen.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \texttt{texttt}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \texttt{texttt}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} (leftparen)\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa (leftparen)
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% (\textit{subsequent}) rightparen\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% (\aaa) rightparen
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}, comma\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa, comma.
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} tmacro\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \www
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}'s face\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa's face
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} ``quote''\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa ``quote''
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} [leftbracket]\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa [leftbracket]
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% [\textit{subsequent}] rightbracket\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% [\aaa] rightbracket
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}{open group}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa {opengroup}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% {\textit{subsequent}} close group\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% {\aaa} close group
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \{realbrace\}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \{realbrace\}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} 666 number\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa 666 number
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} $x=y^2$ math\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa $x=y^2$ math
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \$realdollar\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \$realdollar
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent} \#numbersign\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \#numbersign
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}/slash\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa /slash
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}\/ italic correction\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \/ italic correction
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}\ explicit space\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \ explicit space
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \textit{subsequent}\space \cs\space\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \space \cs\space
+% \ldebug0\relax
+%
+% \makeatletter
+%
+% \textit{subsequent}\@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}\\
+% \ldebug1\relax
+% \aaa \@xobeysp \cname{@xobeysp}
+% \ldebug0\relax
+% 
+% \def\ACRcnta{1}
+% \def\ACRcntb{3}
+% \acromake{CIA}{{\ttfamily CIA}}{Central Intelligence Agency}
+% \newcommand\TMacromakebugit {%
+%   \Debug1
+%   \typeout{CIA \expandafter\meaning\csname CIA\endcsname}
+%   \typeout{LONG \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAlong \endcsname}
+%   \typeout{SHORT \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAshort \endcsname}
+%   \typeout{secondary \expandafter\meaning\csname CIAsecondary \endcsname}
+% }
+%
+% The \CIA is overthrowing Nigeria.
+%
+% The \CIA is watching in your window right now.
+%
+% The \CIA will stop that missile.
+%
+% The \CIA!  The \CIA! The \CIA. The \CIA guys.
+%
+% Resetting Acromake abbrevs.
+% \TMResetAcromake
+%
+% The \CIA!  The \CIA! The \CIA.  The \CIA guys.
+%
+% } ^^A closes testing group?
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..668013e4133
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,403 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `abbrevs.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% abbrevs.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     abbrevs.sty or abbrevs.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called abbrevs.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     abbrevs.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{abbreviation macros (Frankenstein's briefs)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {abbrevs}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/09/08}
+\def\docdate{2001/09/08}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{abbrevs}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@ic@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space@ {%
+  \maybe@ic@
+  \maybe@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@space@ {%
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \reserved@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =%
+                 \nospacelist
+                 \do \t@st@ic
+  \if@tempswa
+    \space
+  \fi
+}
+\ReserveCS\TMResetAll
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAll
+\ReserveCS\TMFontAll
+
+\newcommand\NewAbbrevCategory [1] {% args:  category
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMFont#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMHook#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro
+    \expandafter\TMResetAll\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\ResetAbbrevs [1] {% args: category-list
+  \@for\sc@t@a:=#1\do {%
+    \@ifundefined{TMReset\sc@t@a} {%
+        \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{The abbreviation category \sc@t@a\space
+                                 is not defined!}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@nameuse{TMReset\sc@t@a}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\TMInitialSuffix {%
+  long%
+}
+\newcommand{\TMSubsequentSuffix} {%
+  short%
+}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacro
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevPlain [3] {% args: \csname category body
+  \NewRobustCommand #1 {%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#2}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#2}#3}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+          \tm@check@nocorr #3\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#2}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #3%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@check@nocorr} {#1#2\nocorr#3\@nil} {%
+  \let\tm@check@left\maybe@ic
+  \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@ic@space}%
+  \def\reserved@a {\nocorr}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \def\reserved@c {#3}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+    \else
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+      \def\check@icr {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty\else
+      \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\newboolean{TMInhibitSwitching} % initially false
+\newboolean{TMAlwaysLong}       % initially false
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcher [5] {% args: definer category csname
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#4}
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !
+        \@tempswafalse
+        ####1%
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+}
+\newcommand\TMDefineAbbrevStandard [3] {% args: category \csname
+                                        %       initial [subsequent]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@defineabbrevstandard{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \TMNewAbbrevPlain{#2}{#1}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@defineabbrevstandard} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: category \csname
+                                                %       initial subsequent
+  \eExpand\expandafter\Gobble\string#2\In {%
+    \TMNewAbbrevSwitcher\TMNewAbbrevPlain{#1}{##1}{#3}{#4}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewUserAbbrevDefiner [2] {% args: \csname category [definer]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}[\TMDefineAbbrevStandard]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@newuserabbrevdefiner}{#1#2[#3]} {% args: \csname category definer
+  \newcommand #1 {%
+    #3{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Generic}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Name}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Book}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Work}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newabbrev}{Generic}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newname}{Name}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newbook}{Book}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newwork}{Work}
+
+\def\TMFontBook {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+\def\TMFontWork {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+\newcommand\DateMark [1] {%
+  \hspace{.2em}{\DateMarkSize\scshape #1}%
+  \@ifnextchar. {%
+      \spacefactor\@m
+    }{% ELSE
+    .\maybe@ic@space
+  }%
+}
+\newlet\DateMarkSize\small
+\newcommand{\PM} {%
+  \DateMark{p.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AM} {%
+  \DateMark{a.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\BC} {%
+  \DateMark{b.c}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AD} {%
+  \DateMark{a.d}%
+}
+\@ifpackageloaded{acromake}{%
+    \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{LaTeX is about to fail because \protect\acromake
+is already defined.\MessageBreak Probably you have loaded acromake.sty, and if
+so,\MessageBreak you should simply not load it, since abbrevs.sty
+emulates\MessageBreak acromake.sty.}
+  }{%ELSE
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Acromake}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\acromake}{Acromake}[\TMAcromakeDefiner]
+
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix {secondary}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@acromake@pageref
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAcromakeHook
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake [5] {% args: definer category csname
+  #1{#3}{\TMInitialSuffix}{#2}{#4}
+  #1{#3}{\TMSubsequentSuffix}{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !
+        \@tempswafalse
+        ####1%
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+}
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeDefiner [4] {% args: category csname acronym fulltext
+  \ifnum \ACRcnta < 1\relax
+    \def\ACRcnta {1}%
+  \fi%
+  \Global\NewName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}% macro for counting occurrences
+  \TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake\TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#1}{#2}{#4 (#3)}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#1\endcsname {%
+    \global\DefName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}%
+  }%
+    \TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#2}{\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix}
+      {Acromake}
+      {#3\ (see Page \pageref{TMacromake:#2})}%
+}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacroRootname
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevAcromake [4] {% args: csname-root csname-suffix category body
+  \expandafter\NewRobustCommand\csname #1#2\endcsname {%
+    \gdef\TMCurrentMacroRootname {#1}%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#3}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#3}#4}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+          \tm@check@nocorr #4\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#3}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #4%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@t % temp
+\def\TMHookAcromake {%
+  \edef\tm@t{\TMCurrentMacroRootname}%
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = -1\relax
+    \eExpand\tm@t\In{%
+      \label{TMacromake:##1}%
+    }%
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+  \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta\relax
+    \expandafter\global\csname @\tm@t@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  \else
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcnta\relax
+      \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+\SaveName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+\global\EElet\csname \tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname
+     \csname \tm@t\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix\endcsname
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcntb\relax
+      \RestoreName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \TMHookAcromakeHook
+}
+\newcounter{tm@util}
+\newcommand{\tm@incmacro} [1] {% arg: acroabbrev
+  \eExpand\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname\In {%
+    \setcounter{tm@util}{##1}%
+  }%
+  \stepcounter{tm@util}%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname {\thetm@util}%
+}
+\newcommand\ACRcnta {1}
+\newcommand\ACRcntb {2}
+\newcommand\AcromakePageref {(see Page ##1)}
+\InputIfFileExists{abbrevs.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `abbrevs.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e325c698b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/abbrevs.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1299 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   abbrevs LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, abbrevs.tex
+%   and abbrevs.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{683}
+% 
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   ``Abbreviation macros'' expand to defined text and insert following space
+%   intelligently, based on context.  They can also expand to one thing the first
+%   time they are used and another thing on subsequent invocations.  Thus they
+%   can be abbreviations in two senses, in the source and in the document.
+%   Useful applications include the abstraction of textual elements such as names
+%   without fussing over spacing and the automatic expansion of abbreviations and
+%   acronyms at their first use.  The initial and subsequent expansions of an
+%   abbreviation macro are available at any time via explicit commands.
+%   Abbreviation macros are grouped into categories; there are hooks applicable
+%   to each category.  Categories can be reset so that subsequent abbreviation
+%   macros in that category behave as if used for the first time again.
+%
+%   A generic facility is also provided for suffixes like 1900\BC and 6:00\PM,
+%   which correctly handles following periods.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+%   \section{General}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\nospacelist}
+%   An abbreviation macro \cs\foo that expands to \meta{text} is robust;
+%   \cs\foo can be used in place of \meta{text} almost anywhere.  A space is
+%   inserted following an abbreviation macro when the first non-white character
+%   following it is \emph{not} in the set \cs\nospacelist, whose default value
+%   is \verb*|,.':;?-/~!)]{}\ \/\@xobeysp|.
+%
+%   When an abbreviation macro has different initial and subsequent expansions,
+%   either may be explicitly requested by adding a suffix to the abbreviation
+%   macro.  The commands |\|\meta{command}|short| and |\|\meta{command}|long|
+%   are also defined whenever an abbreviation macro |\|\meta{command} is
+%   defined.  Using the |\|\meta{command}|long| command does not affect what
+%   the next abbreviation macros expands to. 
+%
+%   All abbreviation macros are assigned categories, identified by a string.
+%   Four categories are defined by the package, and it is easy to add more.
+%   Categories facilitate handling different groups of abbreviation macros in
+%   different ways.
+%
+%   \caveat{Regarding CJK macros and probably other 8-bit input.  If you use
+%   the \package{abbrevs} package with the CJK macros for typesetting Chinese,
+%   Japanese, and Korean text, you must define your abbreviations within the
+%   CJK environment.  I believe that the CJK macros work by interpreting 8-bit
+%   input in the source file.  But this input is only interpreted properly
+%   within the CJK environment.  If you define the abbrevs outside, such as in
+%   the preamble, you will just get a bunch of numbers when your abbreviation
+%   expands.}
+%
+%   I would use capital letters for the name of this macro, since it doesn't
+%   seem like a user command to me, but I'm modelling after the kernel's
+%   \cs\nocorrlist.
+%
+%   \section{Usage}
+%
+%   \newbook\worst{Worstward Ho}
+%   \newbook\fall{All That Fall}
+%   \newbook\nacht{Nacht und Tr\"aume}
+%   \newbook\csp{Collected Shorter Plays \emph{(}CSP\emph{)}}[CSP]
+%   \newname\joyce{James Joyce}[Joyce]
+%   \newname\nixon{Richard Milhous Nixon}[Nixon]
+%   \newname\ww{Wordsworth}
+%   \newname\beckett{Samuel Beckett}[Beckett]
+%   \newwork\godot{Waiting for Godot}[Godot]
+%   \newbook\prelude{The Prelude}
+%   \newabbrev\ART{American Repetrory Theater (ART)}[ART]
+%^^A FIX -- reduce, move
+% Examples of how to define abbreviation macros:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%   \newbook\worst{Worstward Ho}
+%   \newbook\fall{All That Fall}
+%   \newbook\nacht{Nacht und Tr\"aume}
+%   \newbook\csp{Collected Shorter Plays \emph{(}CSP\emph{)}}[CSP]
+%   \newname\joyce{James Joyce}[Joyce]
+%   \newname\nixon{Richard Milhous Nixon}[Nixon]
+%   \newname\ww{Wordsworth}
+%   \newname\beckett{Samuel Beckett}[Beckett]
+%   \newwork\godot{Waiting for Godot}[Godot]
+%   \newbook\prelude{The Prelude}
+%   \newabbrev\ART{American Repetrory Theater (ART)}[ART]
+% \end{codeexample}
+% 
+% \todo{Give example of using |short| or |long|.}
+%
+% Examples of how to use the macros, and how they are typeset:\relax
+% \footnote{\cs\lips is defined in the \package{lips} package, part of the
+% \Frankenstein bundle.}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   The manuscripts of \ww's \prelude differ. \lips Before he began \prelude,
+%   \ww wrote \lips
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \nixon was the 37st American President. \lips Many Americans like my uncle
+%   Norm voted for \nixon enthusiastically in both 1968 and 1972.
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \beckett gained international noteriety with the play \godot in the early
+%   1950s.  \beckett wrote \godot, he said, as a diversion from the novels he
+%   was then writing.  I have seen this play at the \ART in Cambridge,
+%   Massachusetts.  The \ART is often disappointing, but I liked their
+%   production of \godot.
+% \end{bothexample}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro{\newabbrev}
+%   \cs\newabbrev\marg{\\command}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an
+%   abbreviation macro \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Generic}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newname}
+%   \cs\newname\marg{\\command}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an
+%   abbreviation macro \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Name}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newbook}
+%   \cs\newbook\marg{\\command}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an
+%   abbreviation macro \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Book}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newwork}
+%   \cs\newwork\marg{\\command}\marg{bibliography
+%   key}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent} defines an abbreviation macro
+%   \meta{\\command} of category \cat{Work}.  Works can be distinguished from
+%   books by being listed in a separate bibliography, e.g., of primary works
+%   referred to by short titles in the main text.  The defining command
+%   therefore requires a \BibTeX{} key as an argument.  The first use of the
+%   work serves as a citation to that bibliography, and all uses of the work
+%   generate an index entry.
+%
+% \todo{\cat{Work}s are not yet fully implemented.  Presently they are the same
+% as \cat{Book}s.}
+%
+%   \section{Date Marks}
+% \DescribeMacro{\PM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\AM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\BC}
+% \DescribeMacro{\AD}
+%   These variants of abbreviation macros correctly handle following periods.
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     She left for work before 6\AM, but
+%     did not arrive until 12\PM.  The
+%     interval 5\BC--5\AD is one year
+%     shorter than the interval
+%     95\AD--105\AD.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+%   \section{Emulation of \package{acromake}}
+% We emulate the \package{acromake} package by Paul A.~Thompson (version of
+% 1995/7/16 at \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/other/misc/acromake.sty}).
+% \package{Abbrevs} will issue an informative warning when it guesses it is
+% about to fail because \package{acromake} is already loaded (we cannot know
+% for certain if it is).  I will add an option so that \package{abbrevs} and
+% \package{acromake} can both be loaded if anyone persuades me it will be
+% useful.
+%
+% One reason to emulate \package{acromake} with \package{abbrevs} is that it
+% can be done easily and by doing so we can avoid keeping two packages around
+% when one will do.  Another is that \package{abbrevs} is a more general and
+% powerful package which adds value to \package{acromake} functionality.
+% \package{Abbrevs} should be a drop-in replacement for \package{acromake}, but
+% you can also take advantage of features of \package{abbrevs}: acromake-style
+% abbreviations obey \cs\TMInhibitSwitching, and they are defined as their own
+% category of abbreviations, \cat{Acromake}, so that \package{acromake}-style
+% abbreviations can be manipulated with the general mechanisms available to any
+% category.
+%
+% The following three \package{acromake} user commands are implemented in
+% \package{abbrevs}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\acromake}
+% \cs\acromake \marg{csname}\marg{initial text}\marg{final text}  FIX dox
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ACRcnta}
+% The macro \cs\ACRcnta contains the number of times (default 1) the initial
+% text (full text) is given.  Use \cs\renewcommand to redefine it.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ACRcntb}
+% The macro \cs\ACRcntb contains the number of iterations (default 2) before
+% the final text is given.  The intermediate text (final text plus page
+% reference) is therefore given $\mbox{|ACRcntb|} - \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$ times.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AcromakePageref}
+% Define the macro \cs\AcromakePageref to contain the text that expresses the
+% page reference.  \package{Abbrevs} will replace the string |##1| in the
+% definition of this macro with the page number where the abbreviation was
+% first used (more precisely, with |\pageref{|\meta{label}|}|).  The default
+% value is |(see Page ##1)| for compatibility with \package{acromake}.  The
+% styles I am familiar with would call for a lowercase ``page.''
+%
+% \caveat{\cs\AcromakePageref not implemented yet}
+%
+%    \subsection{Possible discrepancies}
+%  The counter |util| and the macros \cs\pv and \cs\addtomacro are used
+%  internally by \package{acromake} and are not defined in \package{abbrevs}.
+%  (If you managed to find some use for \cs\addtomacro, you will probably see
+%  easily how to redefine it in this context---and if not, write me.)
+%
+%  The emulation may behave slightly differently due to the difference beteween
+%  the way the \package{xspace} package handles following punctuation and space
+%  and the way \package{abbrevs} does.  I think \package{abbrevs} is very
+%  likely to be as good or better than \package{xspace} at making these
+%  decisions.  Let me know if you think otherwise.
+%
+%   \section{Programmers' interface}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ResetAbbrevs}
+%   When abbreviation macros are reset, their next invocation will expand to
+%   the initial text.  Subsequent occurrences will expand to the subsequent
+%   text again.  For exmaple, using \cs\ResetAbbrevs|{Name}| at the beginning
+%   of chapters will cause the full name to be used only for the first
+%   occurrence in each chapter.  \cs\ResetAbbrevs\marg{category list} resets
+%   all abbreviation macros of the listed categories.  The list is
+%   comma-separated, and the category \cat{All} is a shorthand for all defined
+%   categories.   Example:
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%     \SaveCS\chapter
+%     \renewcommand\chapter {%
+%       \ResetAbbrevs{All}%
+%       \MDSavedchapter
+%     }
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewAbbrevCategory}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMFontAll}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMHookAll}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMResetAll}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMFont<category>}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMHook<category>}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMReset<category>}
+%   To create new categories of abbreviation, use
+%   \cs\NewAbbrevCategory\marg{category name}.  Macros
+%   \cs\TMFont\meta{category}, \cs\TMHook\meta{category}, and
+%   \cs\TMReset{}\meta{category} are all reserved.  The hook and font slots
+%   start empty.  The virtual category \cat{All} is predefined and refers to
+%   all defined categories.  \cs\TMHookAll and \cs\TMFontAll are called
+%   \emph{before} the respective category-specific commands.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewUserAbbrevDefiner}
+%   \cs\NewUserAbbrevDefiner\marg{defining
+%   command}\marg{category}\oarg{definer} defines a user command \meta{defining
+%   command}.  With the default \meta{definer}, \cs\TMDefineAbbrevStandard,
+%   the \meta{defining command} will take the arguments \marg{abbrev
+%   command}\marg{initial text}\oarg{subsequent text} and defines
+%   \meta{abbrev command} to be a plain or switching abbreviation macro as
+%   appropriate.  If given, the optional argument \meta{definer} should be a
+%   macro name, which will be first be passed a \marg{category}, then will
+%   read user arguments (e.g., in the case of \cs\TMDefineAbbrevStandard,
+%   \marg{cs}\marg{initial}\oarg{subsequent}).  The \meta{definer} is
+%   expected of course to do something like define \marg{cs}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMInitialSuffix}
+% \DescribeMacro{\TMSubsequentSuffix}
+%   The factory default suffixes ``short'' and ``long'' may be changed by
+%   changing the definitions of \cs\TMSubsequentSuffix and
+%   \cs\TMInitialSuffix.  The change should be made after the package is
+%   loaded but before any abbreviation macros have been defined.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\DateMark}
+%   Abbreviation macros like \cs\PM are defined as \cs\DateMark{}s, like this,
+%   without the final period:
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%     \newcommand\PM {%
+%       \DateMark{p.m}%
+%     }
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+%  \DescribeMacro{\ifTMInhibitSwitching}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMInhibitSwitchingfalse}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\ifTMAlwaysLong}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMAlwaysLongtrue}
+%  \DescribeMacro{\TMAlwaysLongfalse}
+% When \cname{ifTMInhibitSwitching} is true, first occurrences of an
+% abbreviation macro will expand to the initial expansion as usual, but they
+% will not trigger the change to subsequent expansions.  Example: inhibit
+% switching inside footnotes, and abbreviations will not be spelled out for the
+% first and only time in a footnote. That is, if their first appearance is in a
+% footnote, their first appearance in the main text will also expand to the
+% long version.  See the configuration file for how to do this.
+%
+% When \cs\TMAlwaysLong is true, every abbreviation macro expands to its
+% initial expansion.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{abbreviation macros (Frankenstein's briefs)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {abbrevs}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/09/08}
+\def\docdate{2001/09/08}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{abbrevs}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%   \section{Requirements}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01]
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \caveat{These docs could be much improved.  There are far too many things
+% called ``definers.''  Cleaning up the basic code concepts wouldn't hurt either.}
+%
+%   \section{Basics}
+%
+% Let's begin with the tricky part of inserting space based on context.  The
+% strategy is: first, if the following character is not in \cs\nocorr and the
+% current font is not slanted, insert an italic correction with
+% \cname{sw@slant}; second, if the following character is not in
+% \cs\nospacelist, insert a space.
+%
+% Again, in pseudocode:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% LET T = the next token
+% IF (slanted font is current AND T NOT IN \nocorrlist)
+%   \sw@slant
+% FI
+% IF T NOT IN \nospacelist
+%   \space
+% FI
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nospacelist}
+%   Put these in the order of their frequency.  Anything in \cs\nocorrlist
+%   should also be in here, most likely.  I'm putting in \cname{@xobeysp}
+%   because it's in the \package{xspace} package, but I can't tell you when it
+%   would come up.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@ic@space}
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@ic@space@}
+%   \cname{maybe@ic@space} checks the next character and inserts an italic
+%   correction and space as appropriate.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@ic@space@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   We first call the kernel's \cname{maybe@ic@}, then our own
+%   \cname{maybe@space@}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\maybe@ic@space@ {%
+  \maybe@ic@
+  \maybe@space@
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@space}
+% \begin{macro}{\maybe@space@}
+%   \cname{maybe@space} and \cname{maybe@space@} are very similar to the
+%   kernel's analogs \cname{maybe@ic} and \cname{maybe@ic@}, but they check
+%   \cs\nospacelist instead of \cs\nocorr.  \cname{t@st@ic} sets
+%   \cname{@tempswa} false if \cname{@let@token} is in \cs\nospacelist.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\maybe@space {%
+  \futurelet\@let@token\maybe@space@
+}
+\newcommand\maybe@space@ {%
+  \@tempswatrue
+%  \DTypeout{In maybe@space@ my lettoken is [\meaning\@let@token]}%
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \reserved@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =%
+                 \nospacelist
+                 \do \t@st@ic
+  \if@tempswa
+    \space
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Categories}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ResetAbbrevs}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewAbbrevCategory}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetAll}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookAll}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontAll}
+%   Each time an abbreviation of category \cat{C} is defined, some tokens are
+%   added to the contents of |\TMReset|\meta{C}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMResetAll
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAll
+\ReserveCS\TMFontAll
+
+\newcommand\NewAbbrevCategory [1] {% args:  category
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMFont#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\csname TMHook#1\endcsname
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro
+    \expandafter\TMResetAll\csname TMReset#1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\ResetAbbrevs [1] {% args: category-list
+  \@for\sc@t@a:=#1\do {%
+    \@ifundefined{TMReset\sc@t@a} {%
+        \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{The abbreviation category \sc@t@a\space
+                                 is not defined!}%
+      }{% ELSE    
+      \@nameuse{TMReset\sc@t@a}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+%   \section{Suffixes}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMInitialSuffix}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMSubsequentSuffix}
+%   When an abbreviation macro is created, two additional commands with these
+%   suffixes are also created.  For example, \cs\foo, \cs\foolong, and
+%   \cs\fooshort.  When abbrevs are used in such a way that ``long'' and
+%   ``short'' don't make sense, it would make sense to change these to
+%   something more descriptive.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TMInitialSuffix {%
+  long%
+}
+\newcommand{\TMSubsequentSuffix} {%
+  short%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Plain abbreviations}
+%
+% The checking that \cname{sw@slant} does for skips and penalties on the list
+% is going to be superfluous for the applications I imagine.  But we trade that
+% for a more flexible macro.
+%
+% We don't check for \cs\nocorr or an empty body; maybe we should when it's
+% first defined; but I ran into really hairy expansion troubles trying to do
+% that and use \cs\DeclareRobustCommand.  FIX.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewAbbrevPlain}
+%   Things are easy when the abbreviation doesn't switch between initial and
+%   subsequent expansions.
+% \todo{pass root and suffix instead of \code{\csname} so that we don't have to parse
+%   it out again later from tmcurrentmacro}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacro
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevPlain [3] {% args: \csname category body
+  \NewRobustCommand #1 {%
+%    \xdef\TMCurrentMacro {\expandafter\Gobble\string#1}%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#2}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#2}#3}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We can skip the check for emptiness and containing just a space, since those
+% won't occur with abbreviation macros except by accident, I think.  We proceed
+% straight to a check for \cs\nocorr{}s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \tm@check@nocorr #3\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#2}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #3%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@check@nocorr}
+%   This corresponds to the kernel's \cname{check@nocorr@}.  We simply
+%   substitute \cname{maybe@ic@space} and \cname{maybe@space} in where
+%   necessary.  We also use \cname{tm@check@left} and \cname{tm@check@right}
+%   instead of \cname{check@icl} and \cname{check@icr}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{tm@check@nocorr} {#1#2\nocorr#3\@nil} {%
+  \let\tm@check@left\maybe@ic
+  \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@ic@space}%
+  \def\reserved@a {\nocorr}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \def\reserved@c {#3}%
+  \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+    \else
+      \let\check@icl\@empty
+      \def\check@icr {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifx\reserved@c\@empty\else
+      \def\tm@check@right {\aftergroup\maybe@space}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Control booleans}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ifTMInhibitSwitching}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMInhibitSwitchingtrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMInhibitSwitchingfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifTMAlwaysLong}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMAlwaysLongtrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMAlwaysLongfalse}
+%   Control booleans.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{TMInhibitSwitching} % initially false
+\newboolean{TMAlwaysLong}       % initially false
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Switching abbreviations}
+%
+% \vspace{7ex}^^A kludge to handle all those macro names 
+% \begin{macro}{\TMNewAbbrevSwitcher}
+%   Here is the main abbreviation macro definer.  It works by defining two
+%   macros, one for the initial text and one for the subsequent text, and
+%   setting up a third user command to choose between the two as appropriate.
+%   (The first two are made available to the user by explicit call as well.)
+%   The function used to define the two macros is passed as the first argument
+%   to this function.  Supplied definers are \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain (I will
+%   write \cs\TMNewAbbrevWork and \cs\TMNewAbbrevDotclose soon FIX).  The
+%   second argument is the category---each definer takes at least three
+%   arguments: a command name, a category, and the content.  The third argument
+%   is the user macro name to be created, and the fourth and fifth arguments
+%   are the initial and subsequent expansion texts.
+%
+%   The first part sets three token variables to the three command sequences
+%   that this macro is going to define---the user, initial, and subsequent
+%   commands.  The user command checks its associated boolean variable to see
+%   whether it has been called before.  If so, it calls the ``subsequent''
+%   macro; if not, the ``initial'' macro.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcher [5] {% args: definer category csname 
+%                                    %       initial subseq.
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#4}
+  \expandafter#1\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   We've created the initial and subsequent macros, and the boolean.  Now we
+%   define the user macro.  This definition is tricky.  In pseudocode, it looks
+%   like this:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% if #3 definable then
+%   #3 := { if (#3-mentioned AND NOT TMAlwaysLong) then
+%             #3-short
+%           else 
+%             if NOT TMInhibitSwitching then #3-mentioned := (global) true
+%             #3-long
+%           fi }
+% fi
+% \end{codeexample}
+% Hmm, I'm not sure this is any more readable than a sea of
+% \cs\expandafter\cs\noexpand{}s.
+%
+% Notice that in a switching abbrev, the -mentioned boolean is set to true
+% \emph{before} calling the macro itself, so that the hook can check and
+% possibly alter the value.  The \package{acromake} emulation takes advantage
+% of this.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+%                is ##1 below:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ####1:
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ########1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################1:
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################################1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%     \gdef\<csname>{%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !                      
+        \@tempswafalse
+%       \if@<csname>mentioned
+        ####1%                         
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+%           \global\@<csname>@mentionedtrue
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMInitialSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+%        \expandafter  \gdef
+%          \expandafter\TMCurrentMacro
+%          \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+} 
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \caveat{The \cs\csname{}s (e.g., either \cs\foolong or \cs\fooshort)
+% \emph{must} be the very last thing to occur in the definitions, or the
+% \cs\futurelet that checks following spacing in, e.g., \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain
+% will break.  This is why we use the construction with \cname{sc@t@a}.  No
+% space must sneak into the macros, either!}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The hard work is done.  Now we define some macros to help create new
+% categories.
+%
+%   \section{Defining commands}
+%
+% A \meta{definer} is always called with a category as a first argument.  The
+% only definers in this version of this package are this one and the one that
+% emulates the \package{acromake} package.  More later!
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMDefineAbbrevStandard}
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@defineabbrevstandard}
+%   \cs\TMDefineAbbrevStandard is the standard \meta{definer} that makes the
+%   choice between defining an switching or a plain abbreviation, depending on
+%   whether the user supplies a subsequent text.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\TMDefineAbbrevStandard [3] {% args: category \csname 
+                                        %       initial [subsequent]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@defineabbrevstandard{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \TMNewAbbrevPlain{#2}{#1}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@defineabbrevstandard} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: category \csname 
+                                                %       initial subsequent
+  \eExpand\expandafter\Gobble\string#2\In {%
+    \TMNewAbbrevSwitcher\TMNewAbbrevPlain{#1}{##1}{#3}{#4}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewUserAbbrevDefiner}
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@newuserabbrevdefiner}
+%   \mbox{} 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewUserAbbrevDefiner [2] {% args: \csname category [definer]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \tm@newuserabbrevdefiner{#1}{#2}[\TMDefineAbbrevStandard]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{tm@newuserabbrevdefiner}{#1#2[#3]} {% args: \csname category definer
+  \newcommand #1 {%
+    #3{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Basic categories}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetGeneric}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetName}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetBook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookGeneric}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookName}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookBook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontGeneric}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontName}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontBook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\newabbrev}
+% \begin{macro}{\newname}
+% \begin{macro}{\newbook}
+% \begin{macro}{\newwork}
+%    Right now, the \cat{Book} and \cat{Work} categories are separate but
+%    equal.  A future revision will distinguish them by keeping track of more
+%    information about \cat{Work}s, with the idea of using them to generate a
+%    separate bibliography and index in a long document that refers to a
+%    certain list of books by short titles.  E.g., my thesis is on Samuel
+%    Beckett, and I want to refer to his works by short titles, and
+%    automatically generate a Beckett bibliography of only the ones I use,
+%    listed by title.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Generic}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Name}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Book}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Work}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newabbrev}{Generic}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newname}{Name}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newbook}{Book}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newwork}{Work}
+
+\def\TMFontBook {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+\def\TMFontWork {%
+  \itswitch
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Date marks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMark}
+% \begin{macro}{\DateMarkSize}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DateMark [1] {%
+  \hspace{.2em}{\DateMarkSize\scshape #1}%
+  \@ifnextchar. {%
+      \spacefactor\@m
+    }{% ELSE
+    .\maybe@ic@space
+  }%
+}
+\newlet\DateMarkSize\small
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PM}
+% \begin{macro}{\AM}
+% \begin{macro}{\BC}
+% \begin{macro}{\AD}
+%   Some common time abbreviations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand{\PM} {%
+  \DateMark{p.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AM} {%
+  \DateMark{a.m}%
+}
+\newcommand{\BC} {%
+  \DateMark{b.c}%
+}
+\newcommand{\AD} {%
+  \DateMark{a.d}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \section{Emulation of \package{Acromake}}
+%
+% \caveat{This code is a \emph{mess!}  Consider all but the user functions
+% ``internal.''  I will reimplement it all another time.  Meanwhile it works,
+% and the user interface is \package{acromake}'s anyway, so it won't change.}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetAcromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontAcromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookAcromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookAcromakeHook}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix}
+% \begin{macro}{\acromake}
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@acromake@pageref}
+%   Define the category \cat{Acromake} and declare its user defining
+%   command to be \cs\acromake.  Create a suffix \TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix
+%   analogous to \cs\TMInitialSuffix and \cs\TMSubsequentSuffix.
+%
+% Instead of building more generality into \package{abbrevs}, I emulate
+% \package{acromake} with a few hacks, since I don't see a \emph{general} need
+% for more than two expansions.  Counting iterations, on the other hand, is
+% something I would like to do for all abbrevs.  Doing so is tantamount to
+% replacing the present |-mentioned| booleans with ``counter'' macros.
+%
+% The emulation is done in the following way.  Let's call the three expansions
+% of an \package{acromake} macro the \meta{am-initial}, \meta{am-secondary},
+% and \meta{am-subsequent} expansions, in order.  These must be mapped onto the
+% \package{abbrevs} concepts of \term{inital} and \term{subsequent} expansions.
+% The \cs\acromake command as I define it here defines a switching abbrev whose
+% initial text contains \meta{am-initial} and subsequent text contains
+% \meta{am-subsequent}.  It also defines a plain abbrev with a suffix
+% \cs\TMAcroSecondarySuffix (analogous to \cs\TMInitialSuffix and
+% \cs\TMSubsequentSuffix) that expands to \meta{am-secondary}.  In a switching
+% abbrev, the associated |-mentioned| boolean is set to |true| \emph{before}
+% calling the macro itself (and therefore its hook).  The hook can therefore
+% reset the boolean to |false|, and I do this in \cs\TMHookAcromake until it is
+% time to go from the \meta{am-initial} to the \meta{am-secondary} expansions.
+% \cs\TMInhibitSwitching affects the \cat{Acromake} category like all others,
+% and \cs\TMResetAcromake behaves as expected.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{acromake}{%
+    \FrankenWarning{abbrevs}{LaTeX is about to fail because \protect\acromake
+is already defined.\MessageBreak Probably you have loaded acromake.sty, and if
+so,\MessageBreak you should simply not load it, since abbrevs.sty
+emulates\MessageBreak acromake.sty.}
+  }{%ELSE
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Acromake}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\acromake}{Acromake}[\TMAcromakeDefiner]
+
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix {secondary}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@acromake@pageref
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We're going to use the main hook, so provide another free one.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMHookAcromakeHook
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% I'm not sure why \package{acromake} does this check for odd values of
+% \cs\ACRcnta.  I use logic below that I think does reasonable things with odd
+% values.
+% 
+% I think \package{acromake} tried to inhibit using \meta{am-secondary} when it
+% appeared on the same page as the (first!)\ \meta{am-initial} instance, but I
+% also think there was a spurious $0$ in the source that broke this feature.
+% I've emulated the working feature.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% consider these acromake functions internal for now!
+% differs from regular version in passing args to definer
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake [5] {% args: definer category csname 
+%                                    %       initial subseq.
+  #1{#3}{\TMInitialSuffix}{#2}{#4}
+  #1{#3}{\TMSubsequentSuffix}{#2}{#5}
+  \newboolean{@#3@mentioned}
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#2\endcsname {%
+    \global\csname @#3@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  }
+  \expandafter\@ifdefinable\csname #3\endcsname {%
+%                is ##1 below:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ####1:
+    \EExpand\csname if@#3@mentioned\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ########1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################1:
+    \EExpand\csname @#3@mentionedtrue\endcsname\In {%
+%                   ################################1:
+    \EExpand\csname #3\TMInitialSuffix\endcsname\In {%
+%     \gdef\<csname>{%
+      \gdef ##1{%  must be NO SPACE before `{' !                      
+        \@tempswafalse
+%       \if@<csname>mentioned
+        ####1%                         
+          \ifTMAlwaysLong\else
+            \@tempswatrue
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \if@tempswa
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {########1}%
+        \else
+          \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+%           \global\@<csname>@mentionedtrue
+            \global ################1%
+          \fi
+%         \def\sc@t@a {\<csname>\TMInitialSuffix}%
+          \def\sc@t@a {################################1}%
+        \fi
+%        \expandafter  \gdef
+%          \expandafter\TMCurrentMacro
+%          \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+        \sc@t@a
+      }%   close \gdef
+    }}}}}% close \EExpand...\In's
+  }%       close \@ifdefinable
+} 
+\newcommand\TMAcromakeDefiner [4] {% args: category csname acronym fulltext
+  \ifnum \ACRcnta < 1\relax
+    \def\ACRcnta {1}%
+  \fi%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \package{Acromake} uses a suffix of |z| here, which IMHO is a bad idea, so
+%  I use something a user will not put in a source file: a prefix of |tm@acromake@|.
+%  See below for why we start at $-1$.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \Global\NewName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}% macro for counting occurrences
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define an abbrev that switches from \meta{am-initial} to
+% \meta{am-subsequent}.  Hack the resetting macro to reset the count as well as
+% the |-mentioned| boolean.  Reset to $0$ not $-1$ so that we only label once!
+% Is this an argument for having the ``mentioned'' boolean switch at the
+% transition from \meta{am-secondary} to \meta{am-subsequent}?  (so that
+% resetting goes back to \meta{am-secondary} instead of \meta{am-initial}.)  I
+% think so; or, better, define a \emph{new} label each time we reset.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \TMNewAbbrevSwitcherAcromake\TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#1}{#2}{#4 (#3)}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\g@addto@macro\csname TMReset#1\endcsname {%
+    \global\DefName{tm@acromake@#2}{} {-1}%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Define an additional abbrev that expands to \meta{am-secondary}.  In the code
+% below, Fred replaces the |#1| with something else with |#1| in it; Ethel
+% replaces the new |#1| with the contents of \cname{sc@toks@a}.  (The |#| is
+% quoted with more |#|'s below.)  Hmm, this expansion business could probably
+% be simplified by thinking it through from the beginning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%   \def\tm@acromake@pageref {%
+%     \sc@toks@a={\noexpand\pageref{TMacromake:#2}}%
+%     \EExpand\AcromakePageref\In {%  ``Fred''
+%       \EExpand\sc@toks@a\In {% ``Ethel''
+%         ####1%
+%       }%
+%     }%
+%   }%
+%  \eExpand\tm@acromake@pageref\In {%
+    \TMNewAbbrevAcromake{#2}{\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix}
+      {Acromake}
+      {#3\ (see Page \pageref{TMacromake:#2})}%
+%        {#3\ ##1}%
+%  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now define \cs\TMHookAcromake.  
+% Arg, first have to define an alternative of \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain because of
+% the odd problem described above.  Same as \cs\TMNewAbbrevPlain except takes
+% first argument in two parts and defines \TMCurrentMacroRootname, which will
+% be used in the hook.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\TMCurrentMacroRootname
+% plain's args: csname category body
+\newcommand\TMNewAbbrevAcromake [4] {% args: csname-root csname-suffix category body
+  \expandafter\NewRobustCommand\csname #1#2\endcsname {%
+    \gdef\TMCurrentMacroRootname {#1}%
+    \@bsphack
+    \TMHookAll
+    \@nameuse{TMHook#3}%
+    \@esphack
+    \ifmmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \nfss@text{\@nameuse{TMFont#3}#4}%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        \begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We can skip the check for emptiness and containing just a space, since those
+% won't occur with abbreviation macros except by accident, I think.  We proceed
+% straight to a check for \cs\nocorr{}s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \tm@check@nocorr #4\nocorr\@nil
+          \TMFontAll
+          \@nameuse{TMFont#3}%
+          \tm@check@left
+          #4%
+          \tm@check@right
+        \endgroup
+      }%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  }%
+}
+%\def\tm@chop#1 {#1}%
+%\def\tm@choplong#1long{#1}
+
+\ReserveCS\tm@t % temp
+\def\TMHookAcromake {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We handle inhibition of switching as follows.  If the count is $-1$, this is
+% the first iteration, so make the \cs\label, increment the count to $0$, and
+% proceed.  If switching is not inhibited, increment the counter.  Then proceed
+% with choosing the right expansion based on the counter.  A first iteration in
+% the normal case will therefore increment the counter twice from $-1$ to $1$.
+% A first iteration in the case that switching is inhibited will advance the
+% counter once to $0$, where it will stay until switching is permitted.
+%
+% I need to extract the root name from the three suffixed names -- why can't I
+% do that?!
+%    \begin{codeexample}
+% \documentclass{minimal}
+% \begin{document}
+% \def\gobble#1{}
+% \def\one{j}
+% \edef\two{\expandafter\gobble\string\j}
+% %\edef\two{\two} % doesn't help
+% \edef\three{\two}
+% \typeout{one: [\meaning\one]}
+% \typeout{two: [\meaning\two]}
+% [\one] [\two]
+% \typeout{\ifx\one\two ifx same\else ifx different -- WHY?!\fi}
+% \typeout{\if\one\two if same\else if different\fi}
+%    \end{codeexample}
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%  \edef\tm@t{\expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\TMCurrentMacro}%
+%  \edef\tm@t{\E@cdr\tm@t\@nil}%
+%  \edef\tm@t{\expandafter\tm@choplong\TMCurrentMacro}%
+  \edef\tm@t{\TMCurrentMacroRootname}%
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = -1\relax
+    \eExpand\tm@t\In{%
+%      \typeout{initial: labeling ##1}%
+      \label{TMacromake:##1}%
+    }%
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+  \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+    \tm@incmacro{\tm@t}%
+  \fi
+%  \typeout{BEGIN: count is \csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $< \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$, reset the |-mentioned| boolean so
+% that the expansion will be the initial text i.e., \meta{am-initial}, again
+% the next time.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% doesn't work:
+%  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta%
+% doesn't work:
+%  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta %
+% works:  I have no clue why...
+  \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcnta\relax
+%    \typeout{use before cnta}%
+    \expandafter\global\csname @\tm@t@mentionedfalse\endcsname
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $= \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$, use the initial text (i.e.,
+% \meta{am-initial}) one last time and switch to using \meta{am secondary} next
+% time.  We allow the |-mentioned| boolean to become |true| by refraining from
+% resetting it.  We save the existing subsequent macro (which expands to
+% \meta{am-subsequent}) and substitute the abbrev that expands to
+% \meta{am-secondary}.  The bounds check on \cs\ACRcnta at the beginning
+% guarantees that we execute this clause once.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcnta\relax
+      \ifTMInhibitSwitching\else
+%	\typeout{use at cnta A}%
+	\SaveName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+%	\typeout{use at cnta B}%
+	\global\EElet\csname \tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix\endcsname
+		     \csname \tm@t\TMAcromakeSecondarySuffix\endcsname
+%	\typeout{use at cnta C}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $> \mbox{|ACRcnta|}$ and $<= \mbox{|ACRcntb|}$,
+% the expansion is \meta{am-secondary}, we only check whether we are currently
+% on the page of the original use of the \meta{am-initial} text and in this
+% case use \meta{am-subsequent}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%     \@tempswafalse
+%     \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcntb\relax
+%       \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname > \ACRcnta\relax
+% 	\@tempswatrue
+%       \fi
+%     \else
+%       \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcntb\relax
+%         \@tempswatrue
+%       \fi
+%     \fi
+%     % ie    cnta < count <= cntb
+%     \if@tempswa  
+% %      \typeout{use between cnta and cntb}%
+%         \eExpand\tm@t\In{%
+%             \typeout{page [\thepage]  ref [\r@TMacromake:##1]}%
+%           \expandafter\ifnum\expandafter\thepage\expandafter=\csname r@TMacromake:##1\endcsname\relax
+% %            \typeout{this instance should be subsequent instead of secondary}%
+%             % insert a * to signal where:
+% %            *%
+%             % FIX how to do it??  I leave it broken for now, as it is broken in acromake
+% 	    % itself, 
+%           \fi
+%         }%
+%     \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When the count is $= \mbox{|ACRcntb|}$, we want to restore the definition of
+% the subsequent macro.  This test is not in an \cs\else clause to handle the
+% case where $\mbox{|ACRcnta|} = \mbox{|ACRcntb|}$.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname < \ACRcntb\relax
+%      \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname > \ACRcnta\relax
+%	\typeout{use between cnta and cntb}%
+%      \fi
+%    \fi
+    \ifnum\csname tm@acromake@\tm@t\endcsname = \ACRcntb\relax
+%      \typeout{use at cntb}%
+      \RestoreName{\tm@t\TMSubsequentSuffix}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \TMHookAcromakeHook
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\tm@incmacro}
+% \begin{macro}{\c@tm@util}
+% This is Paul's trick for using a macro like a counter.  I reduce the command
+% to its essential function in this context.  It looks like Paul wanted a more
+% general command.  I think if you define such a command (or set of commands
+% that emulate counters with macros) they do not belong here but in
+% \package{moredefs} or their own package.  I also 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{tm@util}
+\newcommand{\tm@incmacro} [1] {% arg: acroabbrev
+  \eExpand\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname\In {%
+    \setcounter{tm@util}{##1}%
+  }%
+  \stepcounter{tm@util}%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname tm@acromake@#1\endcsname {\thetm@util}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ACRcnta}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ACRcnta {1}
+\newcommand\ACRcntb {2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AcromakePageref}
+% The string |#1| will make it into the macro, which will in another
+% context be replaced with a \cs\pageref.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\AcromakePageref {(see Page ##1)}
+% suggestion:
+% \renewcommand\AcromakePageref {(see page ##1)}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% We've built up the groundwork and leave the definitions of useful things to
+% the configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{abbrevs.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{abbrevs.cfg}{}{}
+% 
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..853e2c2b3c3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `achicago.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% achicago.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     achicago.sty or achicago.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called achicago.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     achicago.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+
+%%
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual author-date citations}
+\def\DoXPackageS {achicago}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{achicago}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,slemph,titles,verbatim}
+\newboolean{Annotate}
+\newcommand\annotate {%
+  \Annotatetrue
+}
+\newcommand\noannotate {%
+  \Annotatefalse
+}
+\providesavebox\sc@box@a
+\newcommand\PreCiteWork {%
+  (\csname%
+}
+\newcommand\PostCiteWork {%
+  \end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a})%
+}
+\newcommand\MidCiteWork {%
+  \endcsname,\penalty9000\ \begin{lrbox}{\sc@box@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\citework [2] {%
+  \PreCiteWork #2\MidCiteWork #1\PostCiteWork
+}
+\newcommand\PreAnnotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\defcommand\@openbib@code {%
+  \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+  \itemindent -\bibindent
+  \listparindent \itemindent
+  \parsep \z@
+}
+\let\newblock\relax
+\newcommand\ac@mmmdash {%
+  \rule[.6ex]{3em}{.03ex}%
+}
+\newcommand*\SCduplicate [1] {%
+  \ac@mmmdash
+}
+\newlet\ac@begingobble\comment
+\newlet\ac@endgobble\endcomment
+\newenvironment{SCannotation} {%
+    \ifAnnotate
+      \let\PreQuotation\PreAnnotation
+      \relax\quotation
+    \else
+      \expandafter\ac@begingobble
+    \fi
+  }{%
+  \ifAnnotate
+    \relax\endquotation
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ac@endgobble
+  \fi
+}
+\ReserveCS\SCcite
+\newlet\UnexpandableProtect\@unexpandable@protect
+
+\newcommand*\ac@firstoftwo [2] {#1}
+\newcommand*\ac@secondoftwo [2] {#2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacetwo [2] {#1\ #2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacepretwo [2] {#1\ \PreCite #2}
+
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost [2] {%
+  \PreCite #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi\PostCite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwo [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwopost [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi \PostCite
+}
+
+\newlet\PreCite  (
+\newlet\PostCite )
+\def\cite {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeN {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacepretwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeA {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeANP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newlet\shortcite\cite
+\newlet\shortciteNP\citeNP
+\newlet\shortciteN\citeN
+\newlet\shortciteA\citeA
+\newlet\shortciteANP\citeANP
+\newcommand*\citeyear {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeyearNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\ReserveCS\ac@citesep
+\newcommand\ac@cite@sc {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ;%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@comma {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ,%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite {%
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \@tempswatrue
+      \ac@@cite
+    }{% ELSE
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \ac@@cite[]%
+  }%
+}
+\providecommand\@writeaux {%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout
+}
+\NewName*{ac@@cite} {[#1]#2} {% args: [optarg] label % optarg MANDATORY
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\citation{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \@cite{%
+    \InitCS\sc@t@a
+    \@for\ac@label:=#2\do {%
+      \sc@t@a
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ac@citesep\ }% add space
+      \@ifundefined{b@\ac@label} {%
+          {\bfseries ?}%
+          \@warning{Citation `\ac@label' on page \thepage\space undefined}%
+        }{% ELSE
+        \@nameuse{b@\ac@label}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{#1}%
+}
+\setlength\bibindent{1.5em}
+\newcommand\ac@defbib [2] {%
+  \renewenvironment*{thebibliography} [1] {%
+      #1*{#2\@mkboth{#2}{#2}}%
+      \list{}{%
+                          \leftmargin\z@
+                          \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+                          \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+                          \itemindent -\bibindent
+                          \listparindent \itemindent
+                          \parsep \z@}%
+      \sfcode`\.=\@m
+      \def\newblock {%
+        \hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em%
+      }%
+      \let\@biblabel\Gobble
+      \sloppy
+      \clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+    }{%
+    \def\@noitemerr {%
+      \@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}%
+    }%
+    \relax\endlist
+  }%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{article} {%
+    \ac@defbib{\section}{\refname}%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \ac@defbib{\chapter}{\bibname}%
+}
+\InitCS\ac@defbib  % FIX -- where else can I do this?
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `achicago.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28bb4254297
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/achicago.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,711 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   achicago LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, achicago.tex
+%   and achicago.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{284}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \package{Achicago} provides a documentation style for \LaTeX{} that aims
+%   for compliance with the \manual.  It uses author-date citations (per
+%   ch.~16), but bibliography entries contain unabbreviated information (per
+%   ch.~15).  Requires accompanying \BibTeX{} bibliography style,
+%   \bst{achicago}.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A FIX no idea why I have to do this.
+%
+% \section{General}
+%
+% This package is a companion to the \bst{achicago} \BibTeX{} bibliography
+% style.  The set of citation commands offered by \package{achicago} is
+% unfortunately shared only with an early implementation of a \manual-compliant
+% documentation style, \package{achicago} and \bst{achicago}.  FIX: any others?
+% In the future, I hope to make \package{achicago} compatible with the most
+% common 
+% 
+% have to commit to using this bibstyle-package combination when you write your
+% sources.  This needn't be true, and one day I am going to create a series of
+% mappings from other common bibstyles that are conceptually similar, such as
+% the \bst{harvard} styles.  The user commands are slightly different, but it
+% should be the case that either set of user commands can be the front end for
+% either bibstyle.
+%
+% Here in this documentation you will read about the commands you will use in
+% your \LaTeX{} source file to make citations, and what the citations look
+% like.  Documentation of the \bst{achicago} bibstyle itself is in the file
+% \file{achicago-bst.dvi}.  There you can read about what the References
+% section, the actual book list, looks like.  There are also some new fields
+% recognized and other information you might want to know that relates to your
+% \BibTeX{} bibliography database file (\ext{bib} file).  You may also wish to
+% look at the \package{titles} package (also in the \Frankenstein bundle),
+% which can be very helpful in typesetting various styles of titles properly,
+% even when nested.  The \package{achicago} package already requires the
+% \package{titles} package, so those commands are always there if you want to
+% use them.
+%
+% \caveat{This documentation is sparse but should be accurrate.  I will improve
+% it in the future.}
+%
+% \section{Notes on the future of this package and bibstyle}
+%
+% \manualref{16.25} permits this combination.
+%
+% In the future I hope to document more closely \manual's principles wrt each
+% entry type, the many choices given by \manual.
+% 
+% Untested and indeed hardly testable nature of the subject, with all its many
+% permutations and difficult special bibliographic cases.  Feedback is very
+% welcome, especially with citations from  \manual.
+%
+% FUTURE One thing I realize now is that I've kept the same user interface I
+% inherited, which I don't think corresponds with any other popular style.
+% Besides refinement, this is the next major step in the future of this
+% bibstyle-package.
+%
+% \section{Pros and cons of this style}
+%
+% FIX: terminology: reference style, citation style, bibstyle, bibliography style
+%
+% When you are required to use a certain reference style, your judgment is not
+% called for.  In the cases where it is, here are some considerations.
+%
+% \begin{description}
+%   \item[citations are verbose]
+
+%   Sometimes this information is useful to the reader, sometimes not.  If in
+%   most citations it is not useful, consider a style with briefer citations.
+%   \item[citation style and quality of writing]
+%%
+%   FIX cite btxdoc Oren Patashnik argues that ``encourages the passive
+%   voice and vague writing.''  I'm not sure.  Even if it's true, an author can
+%   surely resist this ``encouragement.''  To encourage is not to require.  Do
+%   consider how well \emph{you} write using different citation styles.  If the
+%   document is already written, realize that if you change the citation style
+%   to one different than the author had in mind while writing, you may make
+%   reading it more awkward.  Then again, maybe you will improve it.
+%   \item[ease of locating references] 
+%
+%   The entry for (Benson et~al. 1980) will appear any number of entries
+%   \emph{after} the entry for (Benson et~al. 1999) when the former was written
+%   by Benson, Zymursky, Wheeler, and Flynn and the latter by Benson (i.e., the
+%   same Benson), Floyd, Wheeler, and Flynn, since Zymursky compares greater
+%   than Floyd.
+%
+%   This is an issue to consider if you have a large number of entries with the
+%   same initial author (or editor) and often with different sets of 3 or more
+%   subsequent authors.  This is, in general, very unlikely.
+%
+%   The entry for (Gr\"uber 1990b) may not follow the entry for (Gr\"uber
+%   1990a) immediately.  When (the same) Gr\"uber has authored 
+%   Any number of entries may intervene, but their
+%   principals will all be exactly Gr\"uber.  Entries will intervene only in
+%   the case when Gr\"uber both authored and edited a work in the same year,
+%   and authored one a work with a later date.  
+% \end{description}
+%
+% \section{Usage}
+%
+% Here are the various citing commands, and examples of the citations they produce.
+%
+% \todo{What about the situation when you end a sentence with something ending
+% with ``et~al.''---in this case you don't want to reproduce the period.}
+%
+% Distinct examples are \typeset{distinguished this way}.
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{*{3}{p{.33\textwidth}}}
+%  \cs\cite\marg{key}
+%    & parenthesized list of up to 3 principals or one ``et~al.'' plus a year label
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978)} \typeset{(Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985)} \\
+%  \cs\cite\oarg{spec}\marg{key1}
+%    &
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978, 17)} \typeset{Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985, \S 3.3)} \\
+%  \cs\cite\marg{key1,key2}
+%    &
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978; Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985)} \\
+%  \cs\cite\oarg{spec}\marg{key1,key2} FIX: how does this work?
+%    &
+%    & \typeset{(Brown 1978; Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985)} \\
+%  \cs\citeNP\meta{key}
+%    & as \cs\cite but without enclosing parentheses
+%    & \typeset{Brown 1978} \typeset{Jarke, Turner, and Stohl 1985} \\
+%  \cs\citeA\marg{key}
+%    & as \cs\cite but without year label(s)
+%    & \typeset{(Brown)} \typeset{(Jarke, Turner, and Stohl)} \\
+%  \cs\citeANP\marg{key}
+%    & as \cs\citeA but without enclosing parentheses
+%    & \typeset{Brown} \typeset{Jarke, Turner, and Stohl} \\
+%  \cs\citeyear\marg{key}
+%     & as \cs\cite but without principal list
+%     & \typeset{(1978} \typeset{1985} \\
+%  \cs\citeyearNP\marg{key}
+%    & as \cs\citeyear but without enclosing parentheses
+%    & \typeset{1978} \typeset{1985} \\
+%  \cs\citeN\marg{key}\footnotemark
+%    & principal list and parenthesized year label (i.e., a noun phrase)
+%    & FIX: referring to author instead of paper? need good example \\
+% \end{tabular}
+% \footnotetext{This command should only be used for one key.}
+% \todo{Should I use a warning in case more than one key is given to a command
+% that shouldn't have them?}
+%
+%   \subsection{Short citation labels}
+%
+% Previous versions of \package{achicago} offered a parallel set of citation
+% commands with the prefix |short| that created citations with abbreviated
+% labels (\cs\shortcite, \cs\shortciteNP, \cs\shortciteA, \cs\shortciteANP,
+% \cs\shortciteN).  \package{Achicago} now offers only one kind of label, which
+% is abbreviated according to principles in the \manual as much as possible.
+% For backwards compatibility, the |short| citation commands still function,
+% but they are identical to their non-|short|, and will produce a warning that
+% this syntax is deprecated.  Do not use the |short| commands in new documents.
+%
+% \section{Some technical notes}
+%
+% \todo{See \manualref{16.14} for issues to do with multiple citations.}
+%
+% \section{History}
+% 
+% I wrote this package incorporating \file{chicago\{,a\}.bst} and
+% file{chicago.sty} (v4, 92/8).  By now I've almost totally rewritten it.  It
+% was a great mess because it had been based on \file{newapa.bst} which had
+% been based on several other bibstyles, and each author had really just hacked
+% up what was there in the previous bibstyle apparently without fully
+% understanding it.  Now, of course, it is a shining example of clarity and
+% efficiency.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual author-date citations}
+\def\DoXPackageS {achicago}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{achicago}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,slemph,titles,verbatim}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{Annotate}
+\newcommand\annotate {%
+  \Annotatetrue
+}
+\newcommand\noannotate {%
+  \Annotatefalse
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \cs\citework is supposed to be a general command for citing things declared
+% with \cs\newwork in the \package{abbrevs} package.  It has one optional and
+% one required argument so that it is parallel with the other citing commands,
+% but I cannot see any use for it without the optional argument.  Environments
+% can exert complete control over how this macro looks by resetting the three
+% parameters.  The default will look good outside all environments, in running
+% text.
+%
+% The second argument is expected to be something defined with \cs\newwork.  
+% 
+% Needs modification to handle the empty optional arg.  Watch interfering with
+% things surrounding macros might have set. \cs\relax's are intentionally left
+% out to let constructions like \cs\csname\lips\cs\endcsname [eh? FIX] work on
+% the arguments.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PreCiteWork}
+% \begin{macro}{\PostCiteWork}
+%   \begin{macrocode}
+\providesavebox\sc@box@a
+\newcommand\PreCiteWork {%
+  (\csname%
+}
+\newcommand\PostCiteWork {%
+  \end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a})%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We don't want to be unbreakable here, but we want a high penalty.  We
+% absolutely do not want to break the number range, so we put it in an lrbox.
+%
+% I think comma is better, even though it might seem fussy, because it is
+% better parallel with the way \cs\cite works with an optional page argument:  the
+% convention is that page numbers come after commas.
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\MidCiteWork {%
+  \endcsname,\penalty9000\ \begin{lrbox}{\sc@box@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\citework [2] {%
+  \PreCiteWork #2\MidCiteWork #1\PostCiteWork
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% The {} fools abbrevs.dtx into not adding an extra space
+% \newcommand\MidCiteWork {%
+%   \endcsname{}\penalty9000\ \begin{lrbox}{\sc@box@a}%
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+%
+% \todo{Make citework* with no parentheses, or other alternative.}
+%
+% FIX:  When the ? is placed there, there are two left parens, one right.
+%
+% We want the remaining macros in this section to be available in their own
+% piece. 
+%
+% \todo{is \cs\PreChunk the only dependence on blkcntrl?  Should make this not
+% necessary if so.}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\PreAnnotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This will make the definition of the \env{thebibliography} environment in
+% \file{classes.dtx} do the right thing.  FIX: not defined in letter class?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@openbib@code {%
+  \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+  \itemindent -\bibindent
+  \listparindent \itemindent
+  \parsep \z@
+}
+\let\newblock\relax
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This doesn't work at the beginning, for some reason.   The auxfiles are not
+% set up right?  URK: don't do this.  Confuses users and also prevents anyone
+% from using achicago.sty with another bibstyle, such as a modified achicago.bst.
+% Is there a way I can provide a useful warning message for those who might
+% have been using this before, without a \cs\bibliographystyle
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\AtEndDocument {%
+%  \bibliographystyle{achicago}%
+%}  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The \bst{achicago} bibliography style will insert some macros that are not
+% defined by \LaTeX, and some that must have new meanings.  They are:
+% \cs\citeN, \cs\SCcite, \cs\SCduplicate, \code{\begin{SCannotation}},
+% \code{\end{SCannotation}}.
+%
+% Some of these commands should properly have |@| in their names, but
+% |@|-commands cannot appear in the \ext{bbl} file.  As a compromise, the names
+% have the prefix |SC|.
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\SCduplicate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@mmmdash}
+% The argument will contain the `label' that is a duplicate, in case it might
+% ever be of use.  But for now, we just want to replace duplicates with 3-em
+% dashes.
+%
+% \todo{provide option to spell out the duplicate when it is the first entry on
+% a page (oneside) or verso page (twosided)}
+%
+% A 3em-dash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ac@mmmdash {%
+  \rule[.6ex]{3em}{.03ex}%
+}
+\newcommand*\SCduplicate [1] {%
+  \ac@mmmdash
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\PreAnnotation}
+% \begin{macro}{\ac@begingobble}
+% \begin{macro}{\ac@endgobble}
+% \begin{environment}{SCannotation}
+% This sets up the \env{SCannotation} environment.  When the boolean
+% \cs\IfAnnotate is false, we gobble everything between \code{\begin{SCannotation}}
+% and \code{\end{SCannotation}}.
+%
+% We require the \package{verbatim} package to do this.  I used to put the text
+% into an |lrbox| and just never use the box.  This required balanced text
+% inside (not a bad thing), but it also would process any \cs\cite-like
+% commands that appeared in the gobbled text, which could lead to perpetual
+% warnings about unresolved references.  There were in fact no unresolved
+% references, but the warnings were annoying.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\ac@begingobble\comment
+\newlet\ac@endgobble\endcomment
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{I shouldn't define annote in terms of quotation, we should copy a
+% standard one here; What is the point of the \cs\relax?  I ended up removing
+% them before the \cname{ac@begingobble} cases because I had to use the
+% \cs\expandafter.}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{SCannotation} {%
+    \ifAnnotate
+      \let\PreQuotation\PreAnnotation
+      \relax\quotation
+    \else
+      \expandafter\ac@begingobble
+    \fi
+  }{%
+  \ifAnnotate
+    \relax\endquotation
+  \else
+    \expandafter\ac@endgobble
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\SCcite}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@firstoftwo}
+% \cs\SCcite is what \bst{achicago} produces.  Its args are `label',
+% and `year.label'. FIX: aak, plus tag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\SCcite
+\newlet\UnexpandableProtect\@unexpandable@protect
+
+\newcommand*\ac@firstoftwo [2] {#1}
+\newcommand*\ac@secondoftwo [2] {#2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacetwo [2] {#1\ #2}
+\newcommand*\ac@onespacepretwo [2] {#1\ \PreCite #2}
+
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost [2] {%
+  \PreCite #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi\PostCite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwo [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@onecommatwopost [2] {%
+  #1\if@tempswa , #2\fi \PostCite
+}
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\PreCite}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PostCite}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\PreCite  (
+\newlet\PostCite )
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cite}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeNP}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeA}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeN}
+% \begin{macro}{\citeANP}
+% The way this works is: \cname{\@cite} is called once for each citing command,
+% and \cs\SCcite is called once for each key.  The results are spaced by either
+% semicolons (\cname{\ac@cite@sc}) or commas (\cname{\ac@cite@comma}), and
+% these become argument |#1| for \cname{\@cite}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\cite {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacetwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeN {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@onespacepretwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeA {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+\newcommand*\citeANP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@firstoftwo
+  \ac@cite@sc
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%    
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortcite}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteNP}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteN}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteA}
+%  \begin{macro}{\shortciteANP}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\shortcite\cite
+\newlet\shortciteNP\citeNP
+\newlet\shortciteN\citeN
+\newlet\shortciteA\citeA
+\newlet\shortciteANP\citeANP
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\citeyear}
+%  \begin{macro}{\citeyearNP}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\citeyear {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@preonecommatwopost
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+\newcommand*\citeyearNP {%
+  \let\@cite\ac@cite@onecommatwo
+  \let\SCcite\ac@secondoftwo
+  \ac@cite@comma
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@citesep}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@cite@sc}
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@cite@comma}
+% \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\ac@citesep
+\newcommand\ac@cite@sc {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ;%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite@comma {%
+  \let\ac@citesep ,%
+  \ac@cite
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\ac@cite}
+% This command executes \cname{\b@foo} for every \cs\foo in the list of cited
+% labels, and separates them by arg |#1|.
+%
+% There has got to be a more elegant solution to this whole thing. FIX
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ac@cite {%
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%
+      \@tempswatrue
+      \ac@@cite
+    }{% ELSE
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \ac@@cite[]%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \todo{handle reserving names}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\@writeaux {%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout
+}
+\NewName*{ac@@cite} {[#1]#2} {% args: [optarg] label % optarg MANDATORY
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\citation{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \@cite{%
+    \InitCS\sc@t@a
+    \@for\ac@label:=#2\do {%
+      \sc@t@a
+%      \let\sc@t@a\ac@citesep
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ac@citesep\ }% add space
+      \@ifundefined{b@\ac@label} {%
+          {\bfseries ?}%
+          \@warning{Citation `\ac@label' on page \thepage\space undefined}%
+        }{% ELSE
+        \@nameuse{b@\ac@label}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\bibindent}
+% Indent second and subsequent lines of bibliographic entries.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\setlength\bibindent{1.5em}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{environment}{thebibliography}
+% There is no \option{openbib} option.  The definitions of \cs\newblock and
+% \cname{@biblabel} are kept local in case something else weird is going on.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ac@defbib [2] {%
+  \renewenvironment*{thebibliography} [1] {%
+      #1*{#2\@mkboth{#2}{#2}}%
+      \list{}{%
+                          \leftmargin\z@
+                          \advance\leftmargin\labelsep
+                          \advance\leftmargin\bibindent
+                          \itemindent -\bibindent
+                          \listparindent \itemindent
+                          \parsep \z@}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \manual does not acknowledge different spacings after different marks of
+% punctuation, distinguish interword from intersentence space, or give rules
+% about where to break a line near an ellipsis.  So we are on our own in the
+% bibliography.  I have chosen to leave things as they are done in the standard
+% bibliography styles, because I haven't yet given it my close consideration.
+% That is, we leave all the punctuation the same except for the period, which
+% we set to~1000, I forget now whether that's a lower or upper case letter.
+% Extending the space after a period when appropriate seems to be the purpose
+% of using \cs\newblock, in this bibstyle.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \sfcode`\.=\@m
+      \def\newblock {%
+        \hskip .11em \@plus.33em \@minus.07em%
+      }%
+      \let\@biblabel\Gobble
+      \sloppy
+      \clubpenalty4000\widowpenalty4000%
+    }{%
+    \def\@noitemerr {%
+      \@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}%
+    }%
+    \relax\endlist
+  }%
+}
+\@ifclassloaded{article} {%
+    \ac@defbib{\section}{\refname}%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \ac@defbib{\chapter}{\bibname}%
+}
+\InitCS\ac@defbib  % FIX -- where else can I do this?
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{environment}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d907cecec32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/allocate.sto
@@ -0,0 +1,442 @@
+% \AddToCheckSum{309}
+%
+% \begin{warning}
+%   This code has not been well tested yet.  The output routine of \LaTeX{} is
+%   very complicated, and unforseen problems might arise.
+% \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NextAux
+% \DescribeMacro\DynamicAux
+% \DescribeMacro\StaticAux
+%   The macro \cs\NextAux changes \cname{@auxout} to a new stream if one is
+%   available, and gives an error otherwise.  The macro is implemented in
+%   dynamic and static ways which can be selected with \cs\DynamicAux and
+%   \cs\StaticAux\marg{number of streams}.  The number of streams can be from 2
+%   to~16.  The dynamic implementation is the default; I do not see much use
+%   for the static implementation at present.  The \option{static} option is
+%   the equivalent of the declaration |\StaticAux{10}|.  The \option{dynamic}
+%   selects the dynamic implementation.
+%
+%   \cs\StaticAux can be invoked after \cs\DynamicAux, but not the other way
+%   around (at least, the streams allocated by \cs\StaticAux are not
+%   recovered).  Macros which use \cs\NextAux do not have to know whether the
+%   implementation is static or dynamic.
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Wheels}
+%
+% The output streams are manipulated with the help of a data structure I call a
+% \word{wheel}.
+%
+% A \term{wheel} has 0 or more \term{spokes} and can be \term{rolled}.  Each
+% spoke is a \TeX{} token, probably a control sequence name, and has an
+% internal name.  You can access the spoke at the 12 o'clock or ``top''
+% position of a wheel.  In computerese, a wheel is a circularly linked list of
+% tokens, and the operation of rolling moves a pointer along it in a certain
+% direction by one element.  
+%
+% Wheels and operations on wheels are local.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\InitWheel
+% \DescribeMacro\DefWheel
+%   You make a wheel either with \cs\InitWheel\marg{\\csname}, which makes
+%   \meta{\\csname} a wheel with no spokes, or
+%   \cs\DefWheel\marg{\\csname}\marg{spokes}, which makes a wheel with
+%   \meta{spokes} for spokes.  The first spoke in \meta{spokes} is the top, the
+%   second will be top after one roll, and the first will be top again after
+%   $n$ rolls, if there are $n$ spokes.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Roll
+% \DescribeMacro\Top
+% \DescribeMacro\AddSpokes
+%   Wheels are rolled by \cs\Roll\marg{wheel}.  Spokes can be added to a
+%   wheel with \cs\AddSpokes\marg{wheel}\marg{spokes}.  When $n$ spokes are
+%   added, the previous top will be at the top after $n$ rolls.
+%   \cs\Top\marg{wheel} expands eventually to the top spoke, which then can
+%   further expand, and so on.
+%   
+% \DescribeMacro\IfTop
+%   \cs\IfTop\marg{wheel}\marg{spoke}\marg{true clause}\marg{false clause}
+%   compares the top of \meta{wheel} with \meta{spoke} using \cname{ifx}, and
+%   executes either \meta{true clause} or \meta{false clause} as appropriate.
+%   (The \package{newclude} package doesn't actually use this command; it's
+%   provided to ``round out'' the wheel data structure.)
+%
+% \caveat{Don't put more than one token as the second argument to \cs\IfTop.}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Preliminaries}
+%
+% We require the \package{afterpage} package.  The intuitive justification is
+% that \cs\write{}s are delayed until the current page is shipped out.  We need
+% to keep an output stream open until its last \cs\write has been actually
+% handled; after that, the stream can be made available again.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{afterpage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@aux@wheel}
+%   We use the wheel structure to handle both the static case and the dynamic
+%   case.  The spokes of the wheel are macros |\nc@auxout@|\meta{n}.  Their
+%   first-level expansion is \meta{n}, a positive integer from 0 to~15.  Each
+%   spoke has two corresponding macros.  |\nc@auxout@|\meta{n}|@stream| is a
+%   stream name allocated by \cs\newwrite.  |\nc@auxout@|\meta{n}|@inuse| is a
+%   global boolean which is |true| iff the corresponding stream is currently in
+%   use.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InitWheel\nc@aux@wheel
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@count}
+%    We need an internal counter.  Notice that the stream numbers used in the
+%    auxwheel start at 0, so the stream associated with with the numeral 4 is
+%    the fifth stream.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{nc@count}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@aux@wheel@size}
+%   \cname{nc@aux@wheel@size} is a pseudo-counter that holds the present size
+%   of the aux wheel.  In the static case it never changes and is set only for
+%   consistency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\nc@aux@wheel@size
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NextAux}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\NextAux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% The kernel allocates two streams for the include system, \cname{@mainaux} and
+% \cname{@partaux}.  The auxwheel is initialized with these two streams.  The
+% first, corresponding to the principle source, is always marked in use.
+%
+% \todo{Reserve the stream names.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@nc@auxout@1@inuse@}
+
+\ReserveName{nc@auxout@1}
+\NewName*{nc@auxout@1} {} {1}
+
+\ReserveName{nc@auxout@1@stream}
+\expandafter\let\csname nc@auxout@1@stream\endcsname\@partaux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@init@aux@wheel}
+% We initialize the wheel with the first spoke.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@init@aux@wheel {%
+  \EExpand\csname nc@auxout@1\endcsname\In {%
+    \AddSpokes\nc@aux@wheel##1%
+  }
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Static allocation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\StaticAux}
+%   nonpositive numbers are treated the same as~1. \todo{bounds check; the
+%   counter's max should be one less than the number, since we have stream 0.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\StaticAux [1] {%
+  \def\nc@aux@wheel@size {#1}
+  \setcounter{nc@count}{2}
+  \nc@init@aux@wheel
+  \@whilenum \value{nc@count} <= \nc@aux@wheel@size
+    \do {%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First define the macros that make up the wheel itself to be their spoke
+% numbers.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+     \eExpand*\thenc@count\In {%
+       \NewName*{nc@auxout@\thenc@count} {} {%
+          ##1%
+        }%
+      }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Next allocate the corresponding stream.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \EExpand\csname nc@auxout@\thenc@count@stream\endcsname\In {%
+        \@nameuse{newwrite}##1%
+      }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Next create the corresponding flag (they start |false|).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \provideboolean{@nc@auxout@\thenc@count @inuse@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now add the spoke itself.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \EExpand\csname nc@auxout@\thenc@count\endcsname\In {%
+        \ReserveCS#1%
+        \AddSpokes\nc@aux@wheel##1%
+      }
+      \stepcounter{nc@count}
+    }
+  \def\NextAux {%
+    \Roll\nc@aux@wheel
+    \@nameuse{if@nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @inuse@}%
+      \MonsterError{newclude} {%
+        You can't nest \protect\include this deeply!%
+      }%
+    \else
+      \Elet\@auxout\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Dynamic allocation}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DynamicAux}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@addnewauxstream}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DynamicAux {%
+  \def\nc@aux@wheel@size {1}
+  \nc@init@aux@wheel
+  \def\NextAux {%
+    \Roll\nc@aux@wheel
+    \@nameuse{if@nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @inuse@}%
+      \nc@addnewauxstream
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Either the top spoke was not in use, or we have added a fresh spoke at the
+% top -- so the top spoke represents what we want.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \Elet\@auxout\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname
+    \typeout{NextAux has just set auxout to stream 
+            \the\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname.
+             We are using spoke number
+            \csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel\endcsname.}
+    }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% It works out that the new spoke should have a spoke number one greater than
+% the current wheel size.  We use the |nc@count| counter to find this number.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@addnewauxstream {%
+  \setcounter{nc@count}{\nc@aux@wheel@size}%
+  \stepcounter{nc@count}%
+  \typeout{Allocating another spoke (spoke number \thenc@count)}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First we add the spoke itself, then initialize the corresponding objects.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \EExpand*\csname nc@auxout@\thenc@count\endcsname\In {%
+    \AddSpokes\nc@aux@wheel##1%
+  }%
+  \EExpand*\thenc@count\In {%
+    \DefName*{nc@auxout@##1} {} {##1}%
+    \provideboolean{@nc@auxout@##1@inuse@}%
+    \def\nc@aux@wheel@size {##1}%
+    \EExpand*\csname nc@auxout@##1@stream\endcsname\In {%
+      \@nameuse{newwrite}####1%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\DynamicAux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Including}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@include}
+%   The only way I see how to set the |inuse| flag to |false| at the proper
+%   time is to use the \package{afterpage} package.  What I would really like
+%   is to \cs\write something with side effects.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@include [2][] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#2.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \edef\reserved@b{#2}%
+    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do
+      {\ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \stepcounter{IncludeDepth}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \cname{nc@t@c} is going to preserve the current \ext{aux} stream number to
+% restore \cname{@auxout}, in case there is a nested \cs\include.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \edef\nc@t@c {%
+      \the\@auxout
+    }%
+    \if@filesw
+      \NextAux
+      \openout\@auxout #2.aux
+      \write\@auxout{\relax}%
+      \expandafter\global
+        \csname @nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @inuse@true\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@include@finish@<N>}
+% The next line defines the macro |\nc@include@finish@|\meta{n} to close the
+% output stream that is presently open.  We have an interesting task here of
+% getting certain unique information to macros after the \cname{@input} when we
+% might end up recursing during the \cname{@input}.  To do this, we immediately
+% expand the variables we need and store them in a macro which will \emph{not}
+% be altered by a recursion of \cs\include.  We have set up the |IncludeDepth|
+% counter to allow us to define such a macro, which is unique to \emph{this}
+% instance of \cs\include.
+%
+% \begin{warning}
+%   The macro names |\nc@include@finish@|\meta{n} where \meta{n} is an
+%   integer are overwritten, that is, they are not allocated in a safe way.
+% \end{warning}
+%
+% The following lines are intended to make this definition, where |<D>|
+% represents the current value of |IncludeDepth|, |<P>| represents the spoke
+% number of the current top of \cname{nc@aux@wheel}, and |<S>| represents the
+% stream number for the current part, i.e., the current value of
+% \cname{@auxout}, and |<X>| represents the stream number that was current
+% before \cs\include got called (this is saved in \cname{nc@t@c}).
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%   \def\nc@include@finish@<D> {%
+%     \closeout<S>%
+%     \global\chardef\@auxout=<X>%
+%     \afterpage{\global\@nc@auxout@<P>@inuse@false}
+%   }
+% \end{codeexample}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \EExpand\theIncludeDepth\In {%                   ##1
+      \EExpand\the\@auxout\In {%                       ####1
+        \DefName{nc@include@finish@##1} {} {%
+          \closeout####1%
+          \global\chardef\@auxout=\nc@t@c
+          \typeout{Restored auxout to stream number 
+                            \nc@t@c \space (old: \the\@auxout)}
+          \typeout{executing afterpage}%
+          \EExpand\csname @nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel
+                          @inuse@false\endcsname\In {% ########1
+            \afterpage{%
+              \typeout{Finishing.  auxout is now \the\@auxout;  current spoke
+                     is \csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel\endcsname\space
+                      with stream number
+                  \the\csname nc@auxout@\Top\nc@aux@wheel @stream\endcsname
+                    }%
+              \global########1%
+            }%                                                 Afterpage
+          }%                                                   EExpand
+        }%                                                     DefName
+      }}%                                                      EExpand
+    \fi %                                                      \if@filesw
+    \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now execute the text of the optional argument to \cs\include.  Notice that if
+% we change to a new \ext{aux} file, we should do it before the optional
+% argument. This is important so that sectioning commands will appear in the
+% right order.  If the sectioning command were to write to \cname{@mainaux},
+% then it would come \emph{after} the whole included \ext{aux} file, instead of
+% before it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    #1%
+    \@input@{#2.tex}%
+    \@writeckpt{#2}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \csname nc@include@finish@\theIncludeDepth\endcsname
+    \fi
+    \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We mustn't restore the counter before we have finished using it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \addtocounter{IncludeDepth}{\m@ne}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the file is excluded by the \cs\includeonly command, we don't load it and
+% execute the file's checkpoint instead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \else
+    \@nameuse{cp@#2}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% 
+%   \subsubsection{Checkpoints}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@writeckpt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@wckptelt}
+%   We must redefine the macros which write the checkpoints.  \cname{@auxout}
+%   is substituted for \cname{@partaux}; I think this change should be in the
+%   kernel anyway!  And we remove the \cs\immediate{}s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@writeckpt [1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@setckpt{#1}\@charlb}%
+    \begingroup
+      \let\@elt\@wckptelt
+      \cl@@ckpt
+    \endgroup
+    \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\@wckptelt [1] {%
+  \protected@write\@auxout{}{\string\setcounter{#1}{\the\@nameuse{c@#1}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Wheels}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\InitWheel}
+% \begin{macro}{\Roll}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfTop}
+% \begin{macro}{\Top}
+% \begin{macro}{\AddSpokes}
+%   A wheel is implemented as a macro.  The tokens of its first-level expansion
+%   are the spokes, the top being the first.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\InitWheel [1] {% args: wheel
+  \InitCS#1%
+}
+\newcommand\Roll [1] {% args: wheel
+  \edef #1{%
+    \expandafter\nc@roll #1\nc@llor
+  }%
+}
+\ReserveCS\nc@llor
+\NewNameDef{nc@roll} {#1\nc@llor} {%
+  \@cdr#1\@nil\@car#1\@nil
+}
+\newcommand\Top [1] {% args: wheel
+  \E@car #1\@nil
+}
+\newcommand\IfTop [4] {% args: wheel token true false
+  \EExpand#1\In {%
+    \edef\nc@t@b {%
+      \expandafter\noexpand\@car##1\@nil
+    }%
+  }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At this point, the first-level expansion of \cname{nc@t@b} is a single token,
+% the top of the wheel.  We \cs\let \cname{nc@t@a} to this token.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \Elet\nc@t@a\nc@t@b
+  \let\nc@t@b #2%
+  \ifx\nc@t@a\nc@t@b
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand\AddSpokes [2] {% args: wheel spokes
+  \EExpand#1\In {%
+    \def #1{#2##1}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..2c32786d2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,142 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `attrib.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% attrib.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     attrib.sty or attrib.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called attrib.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     attrib.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{attribution of block elements (Frankenstein's hat)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {attrib,dialogue}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.3}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{attrib}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+\newlength{\AttribMinSkip}
+  \setlength{\AttribMinSkip}{2em}
+\newcommand\PreTrib {%
+  (%
+}
+\newcommand\PostTrib {%
+  )%
+}
+\ReserveCS\AttribInit
+\newcommand\at@init {%
+  \SaveCS\footnote
+  \def\footnote {%
+    \normalcitations\MDSavedfootnote
+  }%
+  \attribcitations
+  \ifhmode
+    \unskip
+  \fi
+  \AttribInit
+}
+\newcommand\attribcitations {%
+  \SaveCS\PreCiteWork
+  \SaveCS\PostCiteWork
+  \def\PreCiteWork {%
+    \csname
+  }%
+  \def\PostCiteWork {%
+    \relax\end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a}%
+  }%
+  \SaveCS\PreCite
+  \SaveCS\PostCite
+  \let\PreCite\ShortEmpty
+  \let\PostCite\ShortEmpty
+}
+%% FIX
+\newcommand* \normalcitations {%
+  \RestoreCS\PreCite
+  \RestoreCS\PostCite
+  \RestoreCS\PreCiteWork
+  \RestoreCS\PostCiteWork
+}
+\newcommand\attrib [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \at@init
+    \nobreak\hfil\penalty50%
+    \hskip\AttribMinSkip
+    \vadjust{}\nobreak\hfil
+    {\PreTrib\relax#1}{\PostTrib}%
+    \parfillskip\z@
+    \nobreak
+    \finalhyphendemerits0%
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand\attribstar [2] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \addto@macro\PostTrib {%
+      \normalcitations
+      \starnote{#2}%
+    }%
+    \attrib{#1}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `attrib.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e840265b166
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/attrib.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,549 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   attrib LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, attrib.tex
+%   and attrib.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{89}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \cs\attrib macro attributes block elements, for example when citing a
+%   reference after a block quotation.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Attributions}
+%
+% FIX: maybe \cs\attrib when not in a block environment should do this, with
+% appropriate hooks added, etc.: use the blkcntrl hooks. and Pre stuff.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+%  \def\attrib [1] {%
+%    (\begingroup
+%    \attribcitations
+%    #1%
+%    \endgroup
+%    )%
+%  }
+% \end{codeexample}
+% Here's an example of the kind that inspires the question: \code{({\attribcitations
+% \citework{3}{unnam}, and see page~\pageref{q:aporia}})}.  This way
+% \cs\attribcitations and \cs\normalcitations could still be defined only
+% within \cs\attrib, which seems the most sensible.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\attrib
+%   I wrote \cs\attrib in order to have an abstract way to attribute the source
+%   of quotations of prose or verse in an academic style.  The formatting is
+%   that recommended by the \manual, except that attributions of block
+%   quotations of prose are given flush right, to allow the reader to locate a
+%   quotation more quickly when returning to the text.
+%
+%   Use \cs\attrib\marg{attribution} at the end of any block of text,
+%   such as the \env{quote}, \env{quotation}, \env{verse}, and \env{dialogue}
+%   environments (the last is defined in the \package{dialogue} package, also
+%   part of the \Frankenstein bundle).
+%
+%   For \env{verse}, you ought to use either a blank line or a final \cs{\\}
+%   before your attribution.  For \env{quote}, \env{quotation}, and
+%   \env{dialgoue}, don't leave a blank line.
+%
+%   \cs\attrib will place the attribution flush right to the margins of the
+%   block.  If there is enough room on the last line, the attribution will be
+%   given on the last line, otherwise it moves down to a line of its own.
+%
+%   You can put pretty much anything as the text of the attribution, including
+%   citations and footnotes.  
+%
+%   For those using the \package{achicago} and \package{abbrevs} packages (also
+%   in the \Frankenstein bundle), \cs\citework works very well.  If you're
+%   using regular \cs\cite or another package, I recommend using the FIX hook
+%   below to remove the usual parens or braces around citations that occur
+%   within the \cs\attrib argument.  It makes more sense to me that way.
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\normalcitations
+%   If parens are normally around citations, they are removed when citations
+%   occur within attributions.  The idea is that you can simply write
+%   \code{\attrib{\cite{key}}} and what normally surrounds the citation will be
+%   replaced with \cs\PreTrib and \cs\PostTrib (which of course could be the
+%   same thing, but doing it this way allows attributions to contain things
+%   \emph{other} than just a citation and still everything will look right).
+%
+%   Whenever within an attribution you want the normal behavior of citations
+%   back, write \cs\normalcitations.  \cs\normalcitations is automatically used
+%   within footnotes within attributions; it's used in the \package{epigraph}
+%   package; and occasionally a user will want to invoke it, when the
+%   attribution is unusual.  I find that most attributions are either just a
+%   citation, or they do not have a citation at all.  Sometimes I've wanted an
+%   attribution consisting of a citation plus some other text, for which cases
+%   I provided \cs\normalcitations as a user command.
+%
+%   \todo{Right now the only time there is any concept of ``normal'' or
+%   altered behavior of \cs\cite commands is with the \package{achicago}
+%   package.  I should make it so that \cs\attrib by default leaves off braces,
+%   brackets, etc, around citations, for the standard definition of \cs\cite also.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\attribcitations
+%
+%   FIX: dox, example.
+%
+% \section{Examples}
+%   Following are several examples that use \cs\attrib.  They should be
+%   self-explanatory.
+%
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{quotation}
+%     [My plays] deal with distress.  Some people object to this in my writing.
+%
+%     At a party an English intellectual---so called---asked me why I write always
+%     about distress.  As if it were perverse to do so!  He wanted to know if my
+%     father had beaten me or my mother had run away from home to give me an
+%     unhappy childhood.  I told him no, that I had had a very happy childhood.
+%     Then he thought me more perverse than ever.  I left the party as soon as
+%     possible and got into a taxi.  On the glass partition between me and the
+%     driver were three signs: one asked for help for the blind, another help for
+%     orphans, and the third for relief for the war refugees.  One does not have to
+%     look for distress.  It is screaming at you even in the taxis of London.
+%     \attrib{\cite[24]{driver:beckett:madeleine}}
+%   \end{quotation}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \providelength\mtslen
+%   \newcommand\makethisspace [1] {%
+%     \settowidth{\mtslen}{#1}%
+%     \hspace*{\mtslen}%
+%   }
+%   \begin{verse}
+%     \makethisspace{Where Joy for ever dwells:} Hail horrours, hail \\
+%     Infernal World, and thou profoundest Hell \\
+%     Receive thy new Possessor: One who brings \\
+%     A mind not to be chang'd by Place or Time. \\
+%     The mind is its own place, and in it self \\
+%     Can make a Heav'n of Hell, a Hell of Heav'n. \\
+%     What matter where, if I be still the same, \\
+%     And what I should be, all but less then he \\
+%     Whom Thunder hath made greater?  Here at least \\
+%     We shall be free; th' Almighty hath not built \\
+%     Here for his envy, will not drive us hence: \\
+%     Here we may reign secure, and in my choyce \\
+%     To reign is worth ambition though in Hell: \\
+%     Better to reign in Hell, then serve in Heav'n.
+%
+%     \attrib{\book{Paradise Lost} 1.250--63,
+%             \cite{milton:riverside:paralost}}
+%   \end{verse}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% You can have a footnote inside the attribution.  The boxed example below is
+% meant to approximate a whole page (that is, the footnote appears at the
+% bottom of the page, not directly underneath the quotation).
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{verse}
+%     Jacke boy, ho boy newes,\\
+%     \quad the cat is in the well,\\
+%     let us ring now for her Knell,\\
+%     \quad ding dong ding dong Bell.
+%
+%     \attrib{\cite[149]{opie:nursery}\footnote {%
+%   Perhaps more familiar is the nursery rhyme that begins ``Ding,
+%   dong, bell, / Pussy's in the well,'' which Opie and Opie also cite.  It does
+%   not seem clear in that rhyme, however, without contextual knowledge, that the
+%   cat has died and the bell rings its knell.}}
+%   \end{verse}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% Here is a quotation from \citeNP{beckett:watt}:
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \newwork\watt{Watt}
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     One day Watt, coming out from behind a bush, almost ran into Mr~Knott,
+%     which for an instant troubled Watt greatly, for he had not quite finished
+%     adjusting his dress.  But he need not have been troubled.  For Mr~Knott's
+%     hands were behind his back, and his head bowed down, towards the ground.
+%     Then Watt in his turn looking down at first saw nothing but the short green
+%     grass, but when he had looked a little longer he saw a little blue flower
+%     and close by a fat worm burrowing into the earth.  So this was what had
+%     attracted Mr~Knott's attention, perhaps.  So there for a short time they
+%     stood together, the master and the servant, the bowed heads almost touching
+%     \lips, until the worm was gone and only the flower remained.  One day the
+%     flower would be gone and only the worm remain, but on this particular day
+%     it was the flower that remained, and the worm that went.  And then Watt,
+%     looking up, saw that Mr~Knott's eyes were closed, and heard his breathing,
+%     soft and shallow, like the breathing of a child asleep.
+%     \attrib{\citework{145--46}{watt}}
+%   \end{quote}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% Finally, here's a very simple example from the same book.  When the context
+% is clear, you might just want page numbers in the attribution.
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     For Watt now found himself in the midst of things which, if they
+%     consented to be named, did so as it were with reluctance.\lips Looking at
+%     a pot, for example, \lips it was in vain that Watt said, Pot, pot.  Well,
+%     perhaps not quite in vain, but very nearly. \lips It resembled a pot, it
+%     was almost a pot, but it was not a pot of which one could say, Pot, pot,
+%     and be comforted.  It was in vain that it answered, with unexceptionable
+%     adequacy, all the purposes, and performed all the offices, of a pot, it
+%     was not a pot.  And it was just this hairbreadth departure from the
+%     nature of a true pot that so excruciated Watt\lips.  For he could always
+%     hope, of a thing of which he had never known the name, that he would
+%     learn the name, some day, and so be tranquillized.
+%
+%     \attrib{81--82}
+%   \end{quote}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% Here's an example of use with the \env{dialogue} environment.  Not much
+% different than the others, but the quotes are nice, and I'll demonstrate a
+% use of \cs\normalcitations.  \refer{b}'s speeches are interspersed through
+% the play with \refer{a}'s and \refer{c}'s, but it's interesting to read them
+% consecutively.
+%\begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{dialogue}
+%     \speak{b} on the stone together in the sun on the stone at the edge of the
+%       little wood and as far as eye could see the wheat turning yellow vowing every
+%       now and then you loved each other just a murmur not touching or anything of
+%       that nature you one end of the stone she the other long low stone like
+%       millstone no looks just there on the stone in the sun with the little wood
+%       behind gazing at the wheat or eyes closed all still no sign of life not a
+%       soul abroad no sound
+%   
+%     \speak{b} all still just leaves and ears and you too still on the stone in a
+%       daze no sound not a word only every now and then to vow you loved each other
+%       just a murmur one thing could ever bring tears till they dried up altogether
+%       that thought when it came up among the others floated up that scene
+%   
+%     \speak{b} on the stone in the sun gazing at the wheat or the sky or the eyes
+%       closed nothing to be seen but the wheat turning yellow and the blue sky
+%       vowing every now and then you loved each other just a murmur tears without
+%       fail till they dried up altogether suddenly there in whatever thoughts you
+%       might be having whatever scenes perhaps way back in childhood or the womb
+%       worst of all or that old Chinaman long before Christ born with long white
+%       hair
+%   
+%     \speak{b} no sight of the face or any other part never turned to her nor she to
+%       you always parallel like on an axle-tree never turned to each other just
+%       blurs on the fringes of the field no touching or anything of that nature
+%       always space between if only an inch no pawing in the manner of flesh and
+%       blood no better than shades no worse if it wasn't for the vows
+%   
+%     \speak{b} \lips on the fringe of the field and every now and then in the great
+%       peace like a whisper so faint she loved you
+%
+%     \attrib{\play{That Time}{} \normalcitations\cite{beckett:csp:that}}
+% \end{dialogue}
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \section{Programmer's Interface}
+%
+% You might want to use \cs\attrib as part of some other command you define.
+% For example, I wrote a command for epigraphs,
+% \cs\epigraph\marg{text}{attribution}, which used \cs\attrib internally.  For
+% this type of thing, and also in general I suppose, you might want to change
+% the behavior of \cs\attrib.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\AttribMinSkip
+%   \cs\AttribMinSkip is a length, the minimum amount of horizontal space that
+%   must come after any previous text and before the attribution.  The default
+%   value is \code{2em}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreTrib
+% \DescribeMacro\PostTrib
+%   When you write \cs\attrib{attribution}, \cs\PreTrib will immediately
+%   precede \meta{attribution} and \cs\PostTrib will immediately follow it.
+%   Notice how the attributions in the examples above were in parentheses, but
+%   we didn't have to write them.  The default value of \cs\PreTrib is a left
+%   parenthesis and the default value of \cs\PostTrib is a right parenthesis.
+%   \cs\PreTrib and \meta{attribution} are executed inside a group that doesn't
+%   include \PostTrib, and \cs\PostTrib is executed in a group all by itself,
+%   like this:  \code{{\PreTrib\relax#1}{\PostTrib}}.  Honestly I can't tell
+%   you right now why it's done this way, but I'm sure I have some good reason
+%   for it!
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\AttribInit
+%   \cs\AttribInit is an hook, empty by default, that gets executed after some
+%   standard setup but before the core of the \cs\attrib macro.  It is executed
+%   within a group that includes \cs\PreTrib, \meta{attribution}, and
+%   \cs\PostTrib, so perhaps it is appropriate for a font style change or
+%   something (I haven't made use of it myself).
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{attribution of block elements (Frankenstein's hat)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {attrib,dialogue}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.3}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{attrib}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Macros}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AttribMinSkip}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreTrib}
+% \begin{macro}{\PostTrib}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength{\AttribMinSkip}
+  \setlength{\AttribMinSkip}{2em}
+\newcommand\PreTrib {%
+  (%
+}
+\newcommand\PostTrib {%
+  )%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\AttribInit}
+% \begin{macro}{\at@init}
+%   This heart of this code is from the \TeX book \cite[106]{knuth:texbook}.
+%   If you contribute anything to the horizontal or vertical list before the
+%   \cs\unskip, it will cancel the effect of the \cs\unskip.  You probably
+%   don't want to do that.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\AttribInit
+\newcommand\at@init {%
+  \SaveCS\footnote
+  \def\footnote {%
+    \normalcitations\MDSavedfootnote
+  }%
+  \attribcitations
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If there's a blank line before the \cs\attrib, we want to leave \cs\parskip
+% extra space above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifhmode
+    \unskip
+  \fi
+  \AttribInit
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\attribcitations}
+%    Sets up citations for within an attrib-like environment.  Should probably
+%    be called within a group.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\attribcitations {%
+  \SaveCS\PreCiteWork
+  \SaveCS\PostCiteWork
+  \def\PreCiteWork {%
+    \csname
+  }%
+  \def\PostCiteWork {%
+    \relax\end{lrbox}\usebox{\sc@box@a}%
+  }%
+  \SaveCS\PreCite
+  \SaveCS\PostCite
+  \let\PreCite\ShortEmpty
+  \let\PostCite\ShortEmpty
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\normalcitations}
+%% FIX
+% Would you ever want this and \cs\attribcitations defined outside of the scope
+% of an \cs\attrib?  Perhaps \cs\let it to a warning outside of \cs\attrib.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand* \normalcitations {%
+  \RestoreCS\PreCite
+  \RestoreCS\PostCite
+  \RestoreCS\PreCiteWork
+  \RestoreCS\PostCiteWork
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\attrib}
+%   Knuth says that \cs\vadjust is more efficient here than \cs\hbox, but I
+%   don't understand why: I guess it's simply a trivial non-discardable item on
+%   the horizontal list \cite[316]{knuth:texbook}.
+% FIX: I can get a page break after the text and before the attribution; it's
+%   happening with attribstar and when the attribution is dropped to the next
+%   line, but not sure if that's the only case (first quote in ``impotence''
+%   section of library copy of dissertation).  Also pages 53, 57 of same.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\attrib [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \at@init
+    \nobreak\hfil\penalty50%
+    \hskip\AttribMinSkip
+    \vadjust{}\nobreak\hfil
+    {\PreTrib\relax#1}{\PostTrib}%
+    \parfillskip\z@
+    \nobreak
+    \finalhyphendemerits0%
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Something you can't use}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\attribstar}
+%   There is one macro, \cs\attribstar, in this package that you can't use
+%   because you don't have a package that I haven't released yet.  I don't want
+%   to release it because it still has a couple of small but significant
+%   problems that can lead to mistakes.  If I took \cs\attribstar out of this
+%   package, however, I'd have to maintain two different versions of
+%   \package{attrib}.  So here is a glimpse of a future bright star.
+%
+% \code{\DescribeMacro\attribstar}\par
+%   Use this instead of a standard footnote in an attribution when you want the
+%   note to appear on the page of the quotation.  That is, it is not a 
+%   substantive note, but something like ``italics mine'' or ``ellipses in 
+%   original'' which belongs there on the page, not in endnotes, in case
+%   footnotes are ever moved there.
+% \begin{comment}
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{quote}
+%     My mother was deeply religious.  So was my brother.  He knelt down at his
+%     bed as long as he could kneel\lips.  [They] got no value from their
+%     religion when they died.  At the moment of crisis it had no more depth
+%     than an old-school tie\lips.  When you pass a church on an Irish bus, all
+%     the hands flurry in the sign of the cross.  One day the dogs of Ireland
+%     will do that too and perhaps also the pigs.
+%   
+%     \attribstar{\cite[25]{driver:beckett:madeleine}}{Driver ``reconstructs''
+%     Beckett's words ``from notes made immediately after'' their conversation
+%     \cite[22]{driver:beckett:madeleine}.}
+%   \end{quote}
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \end{comment}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\attribstar [2] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \addto@macro\PostTrib {%
+      \normalcitations
+      \starnote{#2}%
+    }%
+    \attrib{#1}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..014d95cedab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,134 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `blkcntrl.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% blkcntrl.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     blkcntrl.sty or blkcntrl.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called blkcntrl.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     blkcntrl.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%% FIX; using smallblocks option gives option clash when other packages require
+\def\fileinfo{block control}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{blkcntrl}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,relsize}
+\DeclareBooleanUserOptions{smallblocks}{normalblocks}
+\@onlypreamble\smallblocks
+\@onlypreamble\normalblocks
+\ExecuteOptions{normalblocks}
+\ProcessOptions
+\newboolean{@in@footnote@}
+\newcommand\PreFootnote {%
+  \@in@footnote@true
+}
+\ReserveCS\PreChunk
+\newcommand\PreQuote {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreQuotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreVerse {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\defcommand\@makefntext [1] {%
+  \setlength\parindent{\@ne em}%
+  \noindent
+  \hb@xt@ 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+  {\PreFootnote #1}%
+}
+\renewenvironment{verse}
+               {\let\\\@centercr
+               \relax\list{}{\setlength{\itemsep}{\z@}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{-1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\listparindent}{\itemindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \addtolength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}}%
+                \item\relax\PreVerse\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quotation}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\listparindent}{1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{\listparindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \setlength{\parsep}{\z@ \@plus\p@}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuotation\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quote}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuote\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\AtBeginDocument {%
+  \if@smallblocks@
+    \addto@macro\PreChunk {%
+      \if@in@footnote@
+      \else
+        \relsize{-1}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `blkcntrl.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b313925e20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/blkcntrl.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   blkcntrl LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, blkcntrl.tex
+%   and blkcntrl.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{97}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   Inserts hooks into certain block elements and footnotes.  Also provides a
+%   command to set block quotations one size smaller than the main text.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{General}
+%
+% This package has two purposes.  First, it inserts several hooks into
+% constructs in the standard document classes so that other packages can use
+% the hooks.  The \package{achicago}, \package{attrib}, \package{dialogue}, and
+% \package{bits} packages in the \Frankenstein bundle require
+% \package{blkcntrl}.  Second, \package{blkcntrl} offers one option itself that
+% uses the hooks.  The \option{smallblocks} option has the same effect as using
+% \cs\smallblocks in the preamble, for which see below.  The
+% \option{normalblocks} option means no \cs\smallblocks, and is there simply
+% for completeness.
+%
+%% FIX; using smallblocks option gives option clash when other packages require
+%  blkcntrl.  Do thorough review of option passing.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\smallblocks
+%     When \cs\smallblocks is declared in the preamble, footnotes and the block
+%     elements \env{quote}, \env{quotation}, and \env{verse} are set one size
+%     smaller (i.e., \code{\relsize{-1}}).
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\normalblocks
+%
+% \section{Programmers' interface}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreChunk
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreQuote
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreQuotation
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreVerse
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\PreFootnote
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{block control}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{blkcntrl}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,relsize}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\normalblocks}
+% \begin{macro}{\smallblocks}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@smallblocks@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@smallblocks@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@smallblocks@false}
+%  \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareBooleanUserOptions{smallblocks}{normalblocks}
+\@onlypreamble\smallblocks
+\@onlypreamble\normalblocks
+\ExecuteOptions{normalblocks}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{General get-control hook hacks}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\if@in@footnote@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@in@footnote@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@in@footnote@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreFootnote}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreChunk}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreQuote}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreQuotation}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreVerse}
+%   Additions to these hooks should be made with \cname{\addto@macro}.
+%   Deletions should be accomplished by scoping.
+%
+%   I think macros are much more convenient as hooks than tokens.  I use the
+%   prefixes |Pre| or |Post|.  We want to add a hook to the usual definition
+%   here, to gain some control over relative sizing in footnotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@in@footnote@}
+\newcommand\PreFootnote {%
+  \@in@footnote@true
+}
+\ReserveCS\PreChunk
+\newcommand\PreQuote {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreQuotation {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newcommand\PreVerse {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@makefntext}
+%   All we're doing is adding the \cs\PreFootnote hook.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@makefntext [1] {%
+  \setlength\parindent{\@ne em}%
+  \noindent
+  \hb@xt@ 1.8em{\hss\@makefnmark}%
+  {\PreFootnote #1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{verse}
+% \begin{environment}{quotation}
+% \begin{environment}{quote}
+%   Again all we're doing to these environments is adding the hooks.
+%
+%   The hook cannot be put into the second argument, which is called before the
+%   paragraph preceding the environment has been ended (unless the environment
+%   started a new one).  
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\renewenvironment{verse}
+               {\let\\\@centercr
+               \relax\list{}{\setlength{\itemsep}{\z@}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{-1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\listparindent}{\itemindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \addtolength{\leftmargin}{1.5em}}%
+                \item\relax\PreVerse\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quotation}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\listparindent}{1.5em}%
+                        \setlength{\itemindent}{\listparindent}%
+                        \setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}%
+                        \setlength{\parsep}{\z@ \@plus\p@}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuotation\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+\renewenvironment{quote}
+               {\list{}{\setlength{\rightmargin}{\leftmargin}}%
+                \item\relax\PreQuote\relax}
+               {\endlist}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtBeginDocument {%
+  \if@smallblocks@
+    \addto@macro\PreChunk {%
+      \if@in@footnote@
+      \else
+        \relsize{-1}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9cae918c1b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{compsci} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Compsci package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{45}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{compsci.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\ALaTeX}
+%  \begin{macro}{\Frankenstein}
+%  \begin{macro}{\monster}
+%  \begin{macro}{\CTAN}
+%  \begin{macro}{\kpse}
+%  \begin{macro}{\gemacs}
+%  \begin{macro}{\auctex}
+%  \begin{macro}{\nts}
+%  \begin{macro}{\MakeIndex}
+%  \begin{macro}{\etex}
+%  \begin{macro}{\LaTeXiii}
+%  \begin{macro}{\idvi}
+% Various program names.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newprogram\Frankenstein{Frankenstein}
+\newlet\monster\Frankenstein
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{Hmm, \ALaTeX{} kernel uses \cs\DeclareRobustCommand.  What does
+% \LaTeX{} kernel do?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\requirecommand\ALaTeX {%
+\defcommand\ALaTeX {%
+  A\LaTeX%
+}
+\newabbrev\ctan{CTAN}
+\newprogram\kpse{kpathsea}
+\newprogram\gemacs{\textrm{GNU} Emacs}
+\newprogram\auctex{AUC-\TeX}
+\newprogram\nts{$\cal NTS$}
+\newprogram\MakeIndex{{\normalshape\em Makeindex\/}}
+\newprogram\etex{e-\TeX}
+\newprogram\LaTeXiii{\LaTeX~3}
+\newprogram\idvi{IDVI}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8bc92c4561d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,459 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `compsci.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% compsci.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     compsci.sty or compsci.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called compsci.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     compsci.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{macros for writing about macros (Frankenstein's conscience)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{compsci}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{abbrevs,alltt,lips,moredefs,relsize,shortvrb,%
+                slemph,titles,url,verbatim}
+\DeclareOption{hyperlatex} {%
+  \FrankenInfo{compsci}{hyperlatex}
+  \UndefineCS\code
+  \UndefineCS\file
+  \AtEndOfPackage {
+    \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+    \newlet\cs@url\url
+    \renewcommand*\url [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \let\sc@t@a\cs@url
+      \else
+        \defcommand\sc@t@a [1] {%
+          #1\footnote{See \texttt{##1}.}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    }
+    \renewcommand*\email [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \expandafter\cs@email
+      \else
+        #1 \expandafter\cs@email
+      \fi
+    }
+  }
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+%%
+%%
+\MakeShortVerb{\|}
+\newcommand*\code {%
+  \begingroup
+    \urlstyle{ttnobreak}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\url@ttnobreakstyle {%
+  \def\UrlFont     {\ttfamily}%
+  \def\UrlSpecials {\do\ {\ }}%
+  \def\UrlOrds     {\do\*\do\-}%
+}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode `|=0
+  \catcode `[=1
+  \catcode `]=2
+  \catcode`\{=12
+  \catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`\\=12
+  |gdef|@xverbatim#1\end{codeexample}[#1|end[codeexample]]
+  |gdef|@sxverbatim#1\end{codeexample*}[#1|end[codeexample*]]
+|endgroup
+\newcommand\codeexample {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \frenchspacing
+  \@vobeyspaces
+  \@xverbatim
+}
+\NewName{codeexample*} {} {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \@sxverbatim
+}
+\newcommand\@docverbatim {%
+  \trivlist
+  \item[]%
+  \if@minipage\else
+    \vskip\parskip
+  \fi
+  \leftskip\@totalleftmargin
+  \rightskip\z@
+  \parindent\z@
+  \parfillskip\@flushglue
+  \parskip\z@
+  \@@par
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \def\par {%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \hbox{}%
+    \fi
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \@@par
+    \penalty\interlinepenalty
+    \check@percent
+  }%
+  \obeylines
+  \let\do\do@noligs
+  \verbatim@nolig@list
+  \let\do\@makeother
+  \dospecials
+}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentIgnore{\catcode`\%9\relax}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentComment{\catcode`\%14\relax}
+\newenvironment{codeexamplex} {%
+    \alltt
+    \def\\{\char`\\}%
+    \MakePercentIgnore\relax
+  }{%
+  \endalltt
+}
+\newenvironment{typesetexample} {%
+    \quote
+  }{%
+  \endquote
+}
+\newwrite \verbatim@out
+\DefName{end@cs@verbatim@write} {} {%
+  \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out
+  \@esphack
+}
+\defcommand\cs@verbatim@write [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1
+  \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
+  \catcode`\^^M\active \catcode`\^^I=12
+  \def\verbatim@processline {%
+    \if@cs@using@doc@
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\expandafter\GobbleM\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \else
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \verbatim@start
+}
+\newboolean{verbtab@ok}
+\newboolean{@cs@first@line@}
+\ReserveCS\cs@verbatim@input
+\@cs@first@line@true
+{\catcode`\~=\active \lccode`\~=`\^^M \lccode`\N=`\N
+  \lowercase{%
+    \gdef\cs@verbatim@input #1{%
+      \begingroup
+        \@verbatim\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
+        \def\verbatim@addtoline##1~{%
+          \verbatim@line\expandafter{\the\verbatim@line##1}%
+        }%
+        \openin\verbatim@in@stream=#1
+        \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+          \FrankenError{compsci}
+            {Can't find file #1!}\@eha
+        \else
+          \verbtab@oktrue
+          \verbatim@line {}%
+          \def\verbtab@prev@line{PREVINIT~}%
+          \loop
+            \read\verbatim@in@stream to \verbtab@line
+            \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+              \verbtab@okfalse
+            \else
+              \if@cs@first@line@
+                \@cs@first@line@false
+              \else
+                \expandafter\verbatim@addtoline\verbtab@prev@line
+                \the\verbatim@line
+                \par
+                \verbatim@line {}%
+              \fi
+              \let\verbtab@prev@line\verbtab@line
+            \fi
+          \ifverbtab@ok \repeat
+          \closein\verbatim@in@stream
+        \fi
+        \endtrivlist
+      \endgroup
+      \@doendpe
+    }%               \gdef
+  }%                \lowercase
+}%                  catcodes
+\newboolean{@cs@using@doc@}
+\newenvironment{bothexample} {%
+    \@ifundefined{ver@doc.sty} {%
+        \@cs@using@doc@false
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@cs@using@doc@true
+    }
+    \par
+    \begingroup
+     \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+  }{%
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \cs@verbatim@input{\jobname.vrb}%
+  \endgroup
+  \par\noindent{\sffamily\larger LOOKS LIKE:}%
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+      \MakePercentComment
+      \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}
+\newenvironment{splitexample} [1] {%
+  \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+    #1
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \codeexample
+  }{%
+  \endcodeexample
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+    \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}
+\newcommand\caveat [1] {%
+  \cs@caveat
+  #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{warning} {%
+    \cs@caveat
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@caveat {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries Warning:}\space
+}
+\newcommand\todo [1] {%
+  \cs@todo
+    #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{todoenv} {%
+    \cs@todo
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@todo {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries To do:}\space
+}
+\NewTextFontCommand \program \TMFontProgram % generic name of computer program
+\NewTextFontCommand \bst     \ttfamily      % name of BibTeX bibliography style
+\NewTextFontCommand \class   \slshape       % name of LaTeX class
+\NewTextFontCommand \env     \ttfamily      % name of environment
+\NewTextFontCommand \ext     \ttfamily      % name of file extension
+\NewTextFontCommand \option  \ttfamily      % name of package or class option
+\NewTextFontCommand \package \slshape       % name of LaTeX package
+\NewTextFontCommand \cat     \sffamily      % name of a category
+\newlet             \typeset \fbox          % text as it appears when typeset
+\newlet             \file    \path          % name of disk file
+\newcommand\cs@email {%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\UrlLeft{<}%
+    \def\UrlRight{>}%
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\cs@email@nobrace {%
+  \begingroup
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\email{\cs@email}
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces%
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\gdef\meta{\begingroup\let\\\textbackslash\normalfont\obeyspaces\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\let^^M\do@space\let \do@space%
+\def\-{\egroup\discretionary{-}{}{}\hbox\bgroup\itshape}%
+\m@ta}%
+\endgroup
+\defcommand\m@ta [1] {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox\bgroup$\langle$\itshape#1\/$\rangle$\egroup
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\do@space {%
+  \egroup
+  \space
+  \hbox\bgroup\itshape\futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+\def\sp@ce {%
+  \ifx\next\do@space
+    \expandafter\sp@@ce
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\sp@@ce [1] {%
+  \futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+\defcommand*\marg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily\char`\{\meta{#1}\char`\}}%
+}
+\defcommand*\oarg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily[\meta{#1}]}%
+}
+\NewRobustCommand*\cname [1] {%
+  \expandafter\code\expandafter{\bslash#1}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cmd {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \@ifnextchar \bgroup
+      \cs@cmd@grouped
+    \cs@cmd@ungrouped
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@grouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@ungrouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic@space
+  \endgroup
+}
+\let\cs\cmd
+%%
+\def\partname {%
+  Part%
+}
+\newcommand*\ProcessDTXFile [1] {%
+  \def\filename {#1}%
+  \def\JusTLoaDInformatioN {}%
+  \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  \input{#1}%
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN % not necessary in my usage, but safe
+}
+\newcommand*\IfCitations [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{initelyHavECitationS} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\IfJustLoadInformation [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\SaveDoXVarS {%
+  \SaveCS\fileinfo \SaveCS\fileversion
+  \SaveCS\filedate \SaveCS\docdate
+  \SaveCS\DoXPackageS
+  \def\RestorECitationS {%
+    \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  }%
+  \IfCitations {%
+    \let\RestorECitationS\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\RestoreDoXVarS {%
+  \RestoreCS\fileinfo \RestoreCS\fileversion
+  \RestoreCS\filedate \RestoreCS\docdate
+  \RestoreCS\DoXPackageS
+  \RestorECitationS
+}
+\newcommand*\AddToCheckSum [1] {%
+  \global\advance\check@sum #1%
+}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Program}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newprogram}{Program}
+\def\TMFontProgram {%
+  \relsize{-1}\ttfamily
+}
+\providecommand\BibTeX {%
+  {\rmfamily B\kern-.05em{\scshape i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em
+    T\kern-.1667em\raisebox{-.7ex}{E}\kern-.125emX}%
+}
+\InputIfFileExists{compsci.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `compsci.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f01f9523b1f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/compsci.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1124 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   compsci LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, compsci.tex
+%   and compsci.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{620}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \package{Compsci} is useful whenever writing about programming, but
+%   especially when writing about \TeX{} and especially when used as a supplement
+%   to the \class{ltxdoc} class to document \LaTeX{} macros in a literate
+%   programming style with \ext{dtx} files.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Textual elements}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\env}
+%   \cs\env\marg{environment name} typesets the name of a \LaTeX{} environment.
+%    For example, the \env{enumerate} environment.
+% \todo{Add \cs\bib how about?}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\bst}
+%   \cs\bst\marg{bibstyle name} typesets the name of a \BibTeX{} bibliography
+%   style.  For example, the \bst{achicago} bibstyle.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\package}
+%   \cs\package\marg{package name} typesets the name of a \LaTeX{} package.
+%   For example, the \package{compsci} package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\class}
+%   \cs\class\marg{class name} typesets the name of a \LaTeX{} class. For
+%   example, the \class{letter} class.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\file} 
+%   \cs\file\marg{file name} typesets the name of a disk file.
+%   For example, the file \file{Makefile.in}.
+%   \todo{Should I use url.sty's \cs\path command for this?}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ext}
+%   \cs\ext\marg{extension} typesets the name of a disk file extension.  For
+%   example, the extension \ext{dvi}.  The argument should not include the dot
+%   that separates the root name from the extension.  The dot can be inserted
+%   by the macro if you want it.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\caveat}
+% \DescribeEnv{warning}
+%   \cs\caveat\marg{warning text} typesets warning paragraphs.
+%   You can also enclose the \meta{warning text} in a \env{warning}
+%   environment.  Using the \env{warning} environment is necessary if the
+%   \meta{warning text} is to include \code{|...|}s, a \env{codeexample}
+%   environment or other ``verbatim'' constructs.
+%
+%   \caveat{This is an example \cs\caveat or \env{warning} environment.}
+%   
+% \DescribeMacro\todo
+% \DescribeEnv{todoenv}
+%   The \cs\todo\marg{text} command and the \env{todoenv} environment are
+%   analogous to \cs\caveat and \env{warning}, but they typeset paragraphs of a
+%   task ``to do''.
+%
+%   \todo{This is an example \cs\todo or \env{todoenv} environment.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\code}
+% \DescribeMacro{\code*}
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \DescribeMacro{|...|}
+%   \cs\code\marg{verbatim text} and \code{|}\meta{verbatim text}\code{|}
+%   typeset short pieces of code verbatim.  For example,
+%   \code+|{{+\code{@#%$^\|} looks like      ^^A $}} for emacs
+%^^A  Dang tricky to give a tricky example!
+%   \begingroup
+%     \def~{\char`\\}%
+%     \makeatother
+%     \catcode`\[=1\catcode`\]=2\catcode`\{=12\relax
+%     \catcode`\#=12
+%     \catcode`\+=14 +
+%     \catcode`\$=12 +
+%     \catcode`\^=12 +
+%     \catcode`\%=12 \fbox[\ttfamily {{@#%$^~]\endgroup.        ^^A for emacs $
+%
+%   Instead of matching curly braces, any two identical characters, even a
+%   space, may be used to contain the \meta{verbatim} after the \cs\code
+%   command.
+%
+%   \todo{Implement \cname{code*}.  Like \cname{verb*}, \cname{code*} marks
+%   spaces explicitly.  This is not an example todo, this is a real one for the
+%   \package{compsci} package!}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\typeset}
+%    \cs\typeset\marg{text} typesets \meta{text} in a normal way, but indicates
+%    by boxing that the contents are an example of how some piece of code
+%    actually appears.  For example, \code{this} looks like \typeset{this} when
+%    typeset.
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{typesetexample}
+%   These example environments may be used to present a piece of source code
+%   and what it looks like when typeset.  The \env{typesetexample} environment
+%   typesets its contents like \cs\typeset except they are set off in their own
+%   indented block element instead of being boxed. 
+%
+%   \begin{typesetexample}
+%     This is an example of the \env{typesetexample} environment.
+%   \end{typesetexample}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexample}
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexample*}
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexamplex}
+% \DescribeEnv{codeexamplex*}
+%   The \env{codeexample} and
+%   \env{codeexample*} environments are similar analogs of \cs\code and
+%   \cname{code*}.  The \env{codeexamplex} environment is like the
+%   \env{codeexample} environment except that |\|, |{|, |}| have their usual
+%   meanings. Inside the argument, \cs\\ produces a typeset backslash.  
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%   This is a \env{codeexample} environment: \(\int e^x\,dx\)  {}{{{!#@$%^&\
+%   There is a percent sign in the source after the $.
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+%   \begin{codeexample*}
+%   This is a \env{codexample*} environment: \(\int e^x\,dx\)  {}{{{!#@$%^&\
+%   Someday I would like to get rid of the leading spaces in a line.
+%   \end{codeexample*}
+%
+%   \begin{codeexamplex}
+%   This is a \env{codeexamplex} environment:  \(\int e^x\,dx\)  {}{{{}}}!#@$%^&\\
+%   The earlier examples had three unmatched open-braces which had to be
+%   closed in this environment.  Also the backslash had to be doubled.
+%   Percent signs get ignored---a BUG.
+%   \end{codeexamplex}
+%
+%   \begin{warning}
+%     The \env{codeexamplex} environment ideally should ignore \code{%}s in the
+%     first column and print all others.  The best I can do for the moment is
+%     to ignore \emph{all} \code{%}s.
+%   \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeEnv{bothexample}
+% \DescribeEnv{bothexample*}
+%   The \env{bothexample} and \env{bothexample*} environments typeset their
+%   contents two times, side by side.  The left side is set like either a
+%   \env{codeexample} or \env{codeexample*} environment, and the right side is
+%   set like a \env{typesetexample} environment.
+%
+%   I find setting a line width of 65 characters in your editor helps keep
+%   this kind of example from bleeding to the right.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     This is one part of a \env{bothexample} environment: 
+%     \(\int e^x\,dx\)  \fbox{jub-jub} \par
+%     The contents must not contain any \LaTeX{} errors.
+%
+%     There is an annoying \% plus three explicit spaces at the beginning of
+%     the first part.  They are a bug!  Also notice also the missing percent 
+%     sign after the backslash after ``annoying''---another bug that affects
+%     the verbatim part only.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+% 
+% \DescribeEnv{splitexample}
+% \DescribeEnv{splitexample*}
+%   The \env{splitexample} environment takes an argument which is used on the
+%   right side (the typeset side) of an element that looks like
+%   \env{bothexample}.  The contents of the environment are set on the left
+%   side.  This is a way to cheat, making the right side something other than
+%   the strict tyepsetting of what's on the left.
+%  
+%   \begin{warning}
+%     The \env{splitexample} and \env{bothexample} environments \emph{execute}
+%     example code.  The example code is executed in a group, but be careful
+%     with global assignments, and with assignments that might screw up the
+%     example environment itself before the group ends.  Notice that
+%     \cs\setcounter is global.
+%   \end{warning}
+%
+%   The \env{bothexample} and \env{splitexample} environments use an auxiliary
+%   file with extension \ext{vrb}, but a second pass with \LaTeX{} is not
+%   necessary.
+% 
+%   \todo {Implement \env{splitexample} and \env{splitexample*}.}
+%
+%   \todo {Get the \env{bothexample} sub-environments side by side!  Right now
+%   they are sequential.  I recommend keeping line length inside this
+%   environment less than 40, however, in case the side-by-side presentation is
+%   ever possible.  I have not followed this advice myself.}
+%
+%   \todo {Implement \env{codeexamplex*}.}
+%
+%   \caveat{The \env{bothexample} environment is working nicely now, but I have
+%   not even touched the other complicated verbatim-like environments, so they
+%   might be broken.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\url}
+% \DescribeMacro{\email}
+% \DescribeMacro{\path}
+% \DescribeMacro{\file}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{url} package by Donald
+%   Arseneau to handle the typesetting of URLs, email addresses, and filesystem
+%   paths.  See that package for details of how line breaks are handled within
+%   these elements.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\option}
+%   \cs\option\marg{option name} typesets the name of a package or class
+%   option.  For example, the \option{landscape} option.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\program}
+%   \cs\program\marg{program name} typesets the name of a computer program.
+%   For example the \program{xdvi} program.  See also \cs\newprogram below.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\lips}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{lips} package, so you can
+%   use the \cs\lips command for text ellipses.  My love is like a red red rose
+%   \lips.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\book}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{titles} package, so several
+%   commands like \cs\book are available.
+%
+% \section{Referring to commands}
+%
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \DescribeMacro{\cs}
+% \DescribeMacro{\cmd}
+%   \cs\cs\marg{command sequence} typesets a command sequence, such as the one
+%   that starts this sentence.  \cs\cmd does the same thing.  For example,
+%   \code{\cs\foo} looks like \typeset{\cs\foo}.  When writing, e.g.,
+%   \code{\cs\foo} the following spacing is automatically handled.  The result
+%   doesn't look different from using the \code{|...|} or \cs\code syntax, but
+%   the markup allows the parsing of the macro name itself for some future
+%   purpose such as indexing.  
+%
+%  \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+%   \begin{warning}
+%     You cannot say \code{\cs\foo@bar} when |@| is not a letter (category code
+%     11), you must say \code{\cs{\foo@bar}} or \code{\cname{foo@bar}} instead.
+%
+%     Nor can you say \code{\cs\par}.  It trips on \cname{text@command}.
+%
+%     Nor can you say \code{\cs\iffoo}.  Use \code{\cname{iffoo}} instead.
+%   \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\cname}
+%   \cs\cname\marg{command name} is like \cs\cs but its argument is evaluated
+%   and prefixed with a backslash character.    For example, writing 
+%   |\cname{@tfor}| gives you \typeset{\cname{@tfor}}. 
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\marg}
+% \DescribeMacro{\oarg}
+%   \cs\marg\marg{mandatory argument} typesets a mandatory argument, and
+%   \cs\oarg\marg{optional argument} typesets an optional argument.  For
+%   example, These macros are defined with \cs\meta, so you can use |\\| for a
+%   typeset backslash.
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     \cs\GobbleMOM\marg{first arg}\oarg{optional second arg}\marg{third arg}
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\meta}
+%   \cs\meta\marg{text} refers to a syntactic placeholder.  You would use this
+%   for example to talk about one of the arguments of a command you've
+%   introduced, like \meta{text} above, which can contain normal text but is
+%   broken across lines only at spaces.  Within the argument |\\| is a typeset
+%   backslash.
+%
+% \section{Miscellaneous}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\newprogram}
+%   The \package{compsci} package uses the \package{abbrevs} package to define
+%   the |Program| category of abbreviation.  Use
+%   \cs\newprogram\marg{\\csname}\marg{initial expansion}\oarg{subsequent
+%   expansion} to define a new abbreviation \marg{\\csname} for a program.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\ProcessDTXFile}
+%   \cs\ProcessDTXFile can be used by a documentation driver file of the kind
+%   you might be inclined to make using the \package{doc} package.  Its purpose
+%   is to be able to load a package up to a certain point so that just
+%   descriptive information can be read without reading in the whole file.
+%   \cs\ProcessDTXFile\marg{filename} defines the variable
+%   \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN and inputs the file \meta{filename}.  To be useful,
+%   the file must have a statement that branches on whether
+%   \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN is defined.  For an example of its use, see the
+%   present package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\MaybeBibliography}
+% 
+%  Sorry, you will need to look at the source below.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\AddToCheckSum}
+%   \cs\AddToCheckSum\marg{number} simply adds \meta{number} globally to the
+%   checksum counter implemented in the \package{doc} package.    This macro
+%   finds applications when the sources of a package are spread over one or
+%   more files such as configuration files or files concatenated by a
+%   \program{Make} process.  For an example of its use, see the present package.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\BibTeX}
+%   The \BibTeX{} logo is provided if it isn't already defined.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{macros for writing about macros (Frankenstein's conscience)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{compsci}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+% 
+%
+% \section{Requirements and context}
+%
+% ^^A FIX do check and set boolean for being inside \Doc thing etc. have to
+% ^^A branch on all verbatim-like stuff.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{abbrevs,alltt,lips,moredefs,relsize,shortvrb,%
+                slemph,titles,url,verbatim}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Hyperlatex option}
+% Handle \option{hyperlatex} option here.  \todo{Should this inherit globally?}
+% Long URLs are so common and screw up LaTeX in the middle of a paragraph that
+% a good scheme seems to be to relegate them to footnotes.  Make option/switch
+% for footnotes and inline.
+%
+% Actually, when it's a footnote, there's almost never going to be a linebreak,
+% unless the url is longer than the textwidth of the footnote...so |\textt{}|
+% is probably going to be fine.
+%
+% Could also use \code{\marginpar{\smaller\url{#1}}}---definitely would have to
+% use \cs\url not \cs\textt there.
+%
+% We undefine \cs\code and \cs\file immediately because we want
+% \package{compsci}'s versions not \package{hyperlatex}'s.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareOption{hyperlatex} {%
+  \FrankenInfo{compsci}{hyperlatex}
+  \UndefineCS\code
+  \UndefineCS\file
+  \AtEndOfPackage {
+%    \UndefineCS\code  hunh?????
+    \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+    \newlet\cs@url\url
+    \renewcommand*\url [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \let\sc@t@a\cs@url
+      \else
+        \defcommand\sc@t@a [1] {%
+          #1\footnote{See \texttt{##1}.}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    }
+    \renewcommand*\email [1][] {%
+      \def\sc@t@a{#1}%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+        \expandafter\cs@email
+      \else
+        #1 \expandafter\cs@email
+      \fi
+    }
+  }
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{Alternative ways to handle things}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%%
+%    \def\sc@t@a {%
+%       #1%
+%       \begingroup
+%         \def\UrlLeft {( see}%
+%         \def\UrlRight {)}%
+%         \Url
+%     }%
+%%
+%    \def\sc@t@a {%
+%       #1%
+%       \begingroup
+%         \def\UrlLeft{\footnote\bgroup}%
+%         \def\UrlRight {.\egroup}%
+%         See \Url
+%     }%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Textual elements}
+%
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{macro}{\code}
+% \begin{macro}{|...|}
+% \begin{macro}{\url@ttnobreakstyle}
+%   We use the \package{url} package to implement \cs\code and the
+%   \package{shortvrb} package to implement \code{|...|}.  There are no
+%   linebreaks in either.  See the respective packages for considerations of
+%   robustness.
+%
+% \todo {summarize robustness considerations here.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\MakeShortVerb{\|} 
+\newcommand*\code {%
+  \begingroup
+    \urlstyle{ttnobreak}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\url@ttnobreakstyle {%
+  \def\UrlFont     {\ttfamily}%
+  \def\UrlSpecials {\do\ {\ }}%
+  \def\UrlOrds     {\do\*\do\-}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{codeexample}
+% \begin{environment}{codeexample*}
+%   What I'm doing here is defining \env{codeexample} and \env{codeexample*} to
+%   be just like the \package{doc} package's \env{verbatim} and
+%   \env{verbatim*}.  That is, they ignore |%| 
+%   characters at the beginning of lines.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode `|=0
+  \catcode `[=1
+  \catcode `]=2
+  \catcode`\{=12
+  \catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`\\=12
+  |gdef|@xverbatim#1\end{codeexample}[#1|end[codeexample]]
+  |gdef|@sxverbatim#1\end{codeexample*}[#1|end[codeexample*]]
+|endgroup
+\newcommand\codeexample {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \frenchspacing
+  \@vobeyspaces
+  \@xverbatim
+}
+\NewName{codeexample*} {} {%
+  \@beginparpenalty
+  \predisplaypenalty
+  \@docverbatim
+  \MacroFont
+  \@sxverbatim
+}
+\newcommand\@docverbatim {%
+  \trivlist
+  \item[]%
+  \if@minipage\else
+    \vskip\parskip
+  \fi
+  \leftskip\@totalleftmargin
+  \rightskip\z@
+  \parindent\z@
+  \parfillskip\@flushglue
+  \parskip\z@
+  \@@par
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \def\par {%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \hbox{}%
+    \fi
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \@@par
+    \penalty\interlinepenalty
+    \check@percent
+  }%
+  \obeylines
+  \let\do\do@noligs
+  \verbatim@nolig@list
+  \let\do\@makeother
+  \dospecials
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\MakePercentIgnore}
+% \begin{macro}{\MakePercentComment}
+%    These are defined in the \package{doc} package, which may be loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentIgnore{\catcode`\%9\relax}
+\requirecommand*\MakePercentComment{\catcode`\%14\relax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{codeexamplex}
+%   The \env{codeexamplex} environment ideally should ignore |%|s in the
+%   first column and print all others.  The best I can do for the moment is to
+%   ignore |%|s. \todo{use verbatim-write trick}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{codeexamplex} {%
+    \alltt
+    \def\\{\char`\\}%
+    \MakePercentIgnore\relax
+  }{%
+  \endalltt
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{typesetexample}
+%   The \env{typesetexample} environment is simple, it's just the \env{quote} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newenvironment{typesetexample} {%
+    \quote
+  }{%
+  \endquote
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+%   To implement the \env{bothexample} environments we write out the contents
+%   of the environment and read them in twice, typesetting them differently
+%   each time.  The \env{verbatimwrite} environment comes from the
+%   \package{moreverb} package.  Reading the text twice seems unavoidable
+%   because we want to read them with different catcodes each time.
+%
+%   \todo {Figure whether the tab stuff here is going is a help or a
+%   hindrance.}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\verbatim@out}
+% \begin{macro}{\end@cs@verbatim@write}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@verbatim@write}
+% \begin{macro}{\verbtab@oktrue}
+% \begin{macro}{\verbtab@okfalse}
+% \begin{macro}{\ifverbtab@ok}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@cs@first@line@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@cs@first@line@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@cs@first@line@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@verbatim@input}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newwrite \verbatim@out
+\DefName{end@cs@verbatim@write} {} {%
+  \immediate\closeout\verbatim@out
+  \@esphack
+}
+\defcommand\cs@verbatim@write [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \immediate\openout \verbatim@out #1
+  \let\do\@makeother\dospecials
+  \catcode`\^^M\active \catcode`\^^I=12
+  \def\verbatim@processline {%
+    \if@cs@using@doc@
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\expandafter\GobbleM\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \else
+      \immediate\write\verbatim@out{\the\verbatim@line}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \verbatim@start
+}
+\newboolean{verbtab@ok}
+\newboolean{@cs@first@line@}
+\ReserveCS\cs@verbatim@input
+\@cs@first@line@true
+{\catcode`\~=\active \lccode`\~=`\^^M \lccode`\N=`\N
+  \lowercase{%
+    \gdef\cs@verbatim@input #1{%
+      \begingroup
+        \@verbatim\frenchspacing\@vobeyspaces
+        \def\verbatim@addtoline##1~{%
+          \verbatim@line\expandafter{\the\verbatim@line##1}%
+        }%
+        \openin\verbatim@in@stream=#1
+        \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+          \FrankenError{compsci}
+            {Can't find file #1!}\@eha
+        \else
+          \verbtab@oktrue
+          \verbatim@line {}%
+          \def\verbtab@prev@line{PREVINIT~}%
+          \loop
+            \read\verbatim@in@stream to \verbtab@line
+            \ifeof\verbatim@in@stream
+              \verbtab@okfalse
+            \else
+%              \DTypeout{My line is: [\meaning\verbtab@line]}%
+              \if@cs@first@line@
+%                \DTypeout{I'm avoiding printing: [\meaning\verbtab@prev@line]}%
+                \@cs@first@line@false
+              \else
+%                \DTypeout{I'll print: [\meaning\verbtab@prev@line]}%
+                \expandafter\verbatim@addtoline\verbtab@prev@line
+                \the\verbatim@line
+                \par
+                \verbatim@line {}%
+              \fi
+              \let\verbtab@prev@line\verbtab@line
+            \fi
+          \ifverbtab@ok \repeat
+          \closein\verbatim@in@stream
+        \fi
+        \endtrivlist
+      \endgroup
+      \@doendpe
+    }%               \gdef
+  }%                \lowercase
+}%                  catcodes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{bothexample}
+% \begin{environment}{bothexample*}
+%   The first \cs\begingroup\lips{}\cs\endgroup I think is necessary to contain
+%   the verbatim activity.  The second is necessary so that activity in the
+%   example environment does not effect anything outside it.  Of course global
+%   activity will, so be careful!  The \cs\minipage effects the second
+%   group. [Hmm, I don't see a ``second'' group\lips.]
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@cs@using@doc@}
+\newenvironment{bothexample} {%
+    \@ifundefined{ver@doc.sty} {%
+        \@cs@using@doc@false
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@cs@using@doc@true
+    }
+    \par
+    \begingroup
+     \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+  }{%
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \cs@verbatim@input{\jobname.vrb}%
+  \endgroup
+  \par\noindent{\sffamily\larger LOOKS LIKE:}%
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+      \MakePercentComment
+      \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{environment}{splitexample}
+% \begin{environment}{splitexample*}
+%   We can't use |#1| in the end-environment part, so we write it out.  Again
+%   we have the problem of |%|s.  
+%   \caveat{This is broken!}  ^^A FIX
+%   ^^A FIX:  keep this in step with developments in the presentation of the
+%   ^^A       botheexample stuff.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newenvironment{gogog}[1]
+%   {\verbatimwrite{\jobname.vrb}#1}
+%   {\endverbatimwrite}
+\newenvironment{splitexample} [1] {%
+  \cs@verbatim@write{\jobname.vrb}
+    #1
+  \end@cs@verbatim@write
+  \codeexample
+  }{%
+  \endcodeexample
+  \par\smallskip
+  \noindent\fbox{%
+    \minipage{\textwidth}
+    \input{\jobname.vrb}%
+    \endminipage
+  }%
+  \par\medskip
+}  
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\caveat}
+% \begin{environment}{warning}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@caveat}
+% \begin{macro}{\todo}
+% \begin{environment}{todoenv}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@todo}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\caveat [1] {%
+  \cs@caveat
+  #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{warning} {%
+    \cs@caveat
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@caveat {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries Warning:}\space
+}
+\newcommand\todo [1] {%
+  \cs@todo
+    #1%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newenvironment{todoenv} {%
+    \cs@todo
+  }{%
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+}
+\newcommand\cs@todo {%
+  \par
+  \begingroup
+    \em {\bfseries To do:}\space
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{environment}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\program}
+% \begin{macro}{\bst}
+% \begin{macro}{\class}
+% \begin{macro}{\env}
+% \begin{macro}{\ext}
+% \begin{macro}{\file}
+% \begin{macro}{\option}
+% \begin{macro}{\package}
+% \begin{macro}{\cat}
+% \begin{macro}{\typeset}
+%   Abstract markup of terms and objects.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewTextFontCommand \program \TMFontProgram % generic name of computer program
+\NewTextFontCommand \bst     \ttfamily      % name of BibTeX bibliography style
+\NewTextFontCommand \class   \slshape       % name of LaTeX class
+\NewTextFontCommand \env     \ttfamily      % name of environment
+\NewTextFontCommand \ext     \ttfamily      % name of file extension
+\NewTextFontCommand \option  \ttfamily      % name of package or class option
+\NewTextFontCommand \package \slshape       % name of LaTeX package
+\NewTextFontCommand \cat     \sffamily      % name of a category
+\newlet             \typeset \fbox          % text as it appears when typeset
+\newlet             \file    \path          % name of disk file
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\email}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@email@nobrace}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs@email}
+% The \option{hyperlatex} option will change \cs\email at the end of this
+% package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\cs@email {%
+  \begingroup
+    \def\UrlLeft{<}%
+    \def\UrlRight{>}%
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\cs@email@nobrace {%
+  \begingroup
+%    \def\UrlLeft{<}%
+%    \def\UrlRight{>}%
+    \urlstyle{tt}%
+    \Url
+}
+\newcommand\email{\cs@email}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+% \section{Referring to commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\meta}
+% \begin{macro}{\m@ta}
+% \begin{macro}{\do@space}
+% \begin{macro}{\sp@ce}
+% \begin{macro}{\sp@@ce}
+%   Here I redefine \cs\meta to include a \cs\normalfont right at the beginning
+%   inside a group, since the command was working strangely when \cs\ttfamily
+%   was in effect.  Also, I redefine |\\| to be a typeset backslash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\obeyspaces%
+\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\gdef\meta{\begingroup\let\\\textbackslash\normalfont\obeyspaces\catcode`\^^M\active%
+\let^^M\do@space\let \do@space%
+\def\-{\egroup\discretionary{-}{}{}\hbox\bgroup\itshape}%
+\m@ta}%
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% These are simply from the \package{doc} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\m@ta [1] {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox\bgroup$\langle$\itshape#1\/$\rangle$\egroup
+  \endgroup
+}
+\def\do@space {%
+  \egroup
+  \space
+  \hbox\bgroup\itshape\futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+\def\sp@ce {%
+  \ifx\next\do@space
+    \expandafter\sp@@ce
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\sp@@ce [1] {%
+  \futurelet\next\sp@ce
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\marg}
+% \begin{macro}{\oarg}
+%   These use \cs\meta and are therefore slightly different than their
+%   counterparts in \class{ltxdoc}.  A tiny bit of breakability is added at the
+%   beginning.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand*\marg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily\char`\{\meta{#1}\char`\}}%
+}
+\defcommand*\oarg [1] {%
+  \penalty 9999%
+  {\ttfamily[\meta{#1}]}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\cname}
+% \begin{macro}{\cmd}
+% \begin{macro}{\cs}
+%   For referring to a \LaTeX{} macro.  The code is a mix from the
+%   \class{ltxdoc} class and the \package{abbrevs} package.  There is no need
+%   to check for \cs\nocorr commands inside the argument so we skip
+%   \cs{\text@command}.  We might conceivably be in a typewriter slanted, so we
+%   do check for italic corrections.  We don't handle the case of calling this
+%   in math mode (see the definition of \cs\DeclareTextFontCommand in the
+%   kernel).
+%
+%   We handle the cases of |\cmd{\foo}| and \cmd\foo differently.  The latter
+%   needs logic to determine the following space, whereas the former does not.
+%   They both need italic corrections.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewRobustCommand*\cname [1] {%
+  \expandafter\code\expandafter{\bslash#1}%
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand*\cmd {%
+  \leavevmode
+  \@ifnextchar \bgroup
+      \cs@cmd@grouped
+    \cs@cmd@ungrouped
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@grouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand\cs@cmd@ungrouped [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \maybe@ic
+    \code{#1}%
+    \aftergroup\maybe@ic@space
+  \endgroup
+}
+\let\cs\cmd
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Miscellaneous}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\partname}
+% \begin{macro}{\ProcessDTXFile}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfJustLoadInformation}
+% \begin{macro}{\JusTLoaDInformatioN}
+% \begin{macro}{\IfCitations}
+% \begin{macro}{\initelyHavECitationS}
+% \begin{macro}{\SaveDoXVarS}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreDoXVarS}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestorECitationS}
+% \begin{macro}{\AddToCheckSum}
+%   See the version control section above and all throughout the \Frankenstein
+%   bundle for examples of when you might want to use these commands.
+%%
+% ^^A FIX Add ltxdoc check for addtochecksum?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\partname {%
+  Part%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We make sure it's OK to use \cs\def\DoXPackageS multiple times.  You might
+% need to call packages with options.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ProcessDTXFile [1] {%
+  \def\filename {#1}%
+  \def\JusTLoaDInformatioN {}%
+  \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  \input{#1}%
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN % not necessary in my usage, but safe 
+}
+\newcommand*\IfCitations [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{initelyHavECitationS} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\IfJustLoadInformation [1] {%
+  \@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    #1\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\SaveDoXVarS {%
+  \SaveCS\fileinfo \SaveCS\fileversion
+  \SaveCS\filedate \SaveCS\docdate
+  \SaveCS\DoXPackageS
+  \def\RestorECitationS {%
+    \UndefineCS\initelyHavECitationS
+  }%
+  \IfCitations {%
+    \let\RestorECitationS\relax
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\RestoreDoXVarS {%
+  \RestoreCS\fileinfo \RestoreCS\fileversion
+  \RestoreCS\filedate \RestoreCS\docdate
+  \RestoreCS\DoXPackageS
+  \RestorECitationS
+}
+\newcommand*\AddToCheckSum [1] {%
+  \global\advance\check@sum #1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newprogram}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMFontProgram}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMHookProgram}
+% \begin{macro}{\TMResetProgram}
+%   Provide for program abbreviations.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewAbbrevCategory{Program}
+\NewUserAbbrevDefiner{\newprogram}{Program}
+\def\TMFontProgram {%
+  \relsize{-1}\ttfamily
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\BibTeX}
+% The \BibTeX{} logo.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\BibTeX {%
+  {\rmfamily B\kern-.05em{\scshape i\kern-.025em b}\kern-.08em
+    T\kern-.1667em\raisebox{-.7ex}{E}\kern-.125emX}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% Other things are deferred to a configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{compsci.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{compsci.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..898486702a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `dialogue.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% dialogue.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     dialogue.sty or dialogue.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called dialogue.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     dialogue.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{dialogue environment (Frankenstein's mouth)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {dialogue,attrib}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.1}
+\def\filedate{1999/03/01}
+\def\docdate{1996/04/11}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{dialogue}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize}
+\NewTextFontCommand\refer\ReferStyle
+
+\newcommand\ReferStyle {%
+  \scshape
+}
+\newcommand\direct [1] {%
+  [{\DirectStyle #1}]%
+}
+\newcommand\DirectStyle {%
+  \relsize{-1}%
+  \slshape
+}
+\newcommand*\DialogueLabel [1] {%
+  \scshape\lowercase{#1}:\hfil
+}
+\newcommand\PreDialogue {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newenvironment{dialogue} {%
+    \begin{list}{} {%
+        \setlength\itemsep{\z@ \@plus .5ex}%
+        \setlength\parsep{\parskip}%
+        \setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}%
+        \defcommand\speak [1] {\item[{##1}]}%
+        \let\makelabel\DialogueLabel
+      }%
+      \PreDialogue\relax
+    }{%
+  \end{list}%
+  }
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `dialogue.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..190b1be0b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/dialogue.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   dialogue LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, dialogue.tex
+%   and dialogue.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{43}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \env{dialogue} environment is for citing short passages of scripted
+%   dialogue.  It is not for typsetting a long script.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%   
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Dialogue}
+%
+% An example will have to suffice for most documentation at the moment.
+% \cs\attrib is defined in the \package{attrib} package, also in the
+% \Frankenstein bundle.
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \begin{dialogue}
+%     \speak{Vladimir} Whare are all these corpses from?
+%     \speak{Estragon} These skeletons.
+%     \par\lips\par
+%     \speak{Vladimir} A charnel-house!  A charnel-house!
+%     
+%     \attrib{\play{Waiting for Godot}, 41 \normalcitations\cite{beckett:godot}}
+%
+%     \medskip
+%     \direct{
+%     Estragon has exited offstage to right and left and come ``panting'' back
+%     and fallen into Vladimir's arms.  \emph{---Ed.}
+%     }
+%     \speak{Estragon} I'm in hell!
+%     \speak{Vladimir} Where were you?
+%     \speak{Estragon} They're coming there too!
+%     \speak{Vladimir} We're surrounded! \direct{\refer{Estragon} makes a rush
+%                      towards back.}  Imbecile!  There's no way out there.
+%                      \direct{\refer{He} takes \refer{Estragon} by the arms
+%                      and drags him towards front.  Gesture towards front.}
+%                      There!  Not a soul in sight!  Off you go!  Quick!
+%                      \direct{\refer{He} pushes \refer{Estragon} towards
+%                      auditorium.  \refer{Estragon} recoils in horror.}  You
+%                      won't?  \direct{\refer{He} contemplates auditorium.}
+%                      Well I can understand that.  Wait till I see.
+%                      \direct{\refer{He} reflects.}  Your only hope left is to
+%                      disappear.
+%   
+%     \attrib{47}
+%   \end{dialogue} 
+% \end{bothexample} 
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\direct
+%   \cs\direct\marg{directions}  Inline stage directions.  Can be used anywhere.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\refer
+%   \cs\refer\marg{speaker} Refer to a character in a play.  Can be used anywhere.
+% 
+% \DescribeEnv{dialogue}
+%   Inside the \env{dialogue} environment, commands \cs\direct, and \cs\refer
+%   behave differently, but have the same function.
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\speak
+%   \cs\speak\marg{speaker}  Introduce the speech of speaker \meta{speaker}
+%   within a \env{dialogue} environment.
+%
+% \section{Programmer's interface}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ReferStyle
+% \DescribeMacro\DirectStyle
+% \DescribeMacro\DialogueLabel
+% \DescribeMacro\PreDialogue
+%
+%   These macros are available for adjusting the behavior of the user
+%   commands.  I'm afraid you'll have to read the (easy) code until I write
+%   better documentation.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{dialogue environment (Frankenstein's mouth)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {dialogue,attrib}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.1}
+\def\filedate{1999/03/01}
+\def\docdate{1996/04/11}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{dialogue}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+% 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{blkcntrl,moredefs,relsize}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{The macros}
+%
+% The standard classes set \cs\partopsep, \cs\parsep, \cs\topsep, and
+% \cs\itemsep to positive values.  \cs\leftmargin goes to |2.5em| in
+% onecolumn.  \cs\labelsep is |.5em|; \cs\labelwidth = \cs\leftmargin -
+% \cs\labelsep.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\refer}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReferStyle}
+% \begin{macro}{\direct}
+% \begin{macro}{\DirectStyle}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewTextFontCommand\refer\ReferStyle
+
+\newcommand\ReferStyle {%
+  \scshape
+}
+\newcommand\direct [1] {%
+  [{\DirectStyle #1}]%
+}
+\newcommand\DirectStyle {%
+  \relsize{-1}%
+  \slshape
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DialogueLabel}
+% \begin{macro}{\PreDialogue}
+% \begin{environment}{dialogue}
+%   The first line of a new speaker has the speaker's name flush with the left
+%   margin of the surrounding text, then the default \cs\labelsep, then the
+%   first line of dialogue.  Subsequent lines all begin |2.5em| in, and end
+%   |2.5em| before the surrounding text.  Interparagraph space is the same as
+%   the surrounding text's.  Extra positive stretchability of |.5ex| is added
+%   between speakers.  \todo{Ensure that the units will be relative to the current
+%   size \emph{in} the environment, not the current size when the setting is
+%   done.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\DialogueLabel [1] {%
+  \scshape\lowercase{#1}:\hfil
+}
+\newcommand\PreDialogue {%
+  \PreChunk
+}
+\newenvironment{dialogue} {%
+    \begin{list}{} {%
+        \setlength\itemsep{\z@ \@plus .5ex}%
+        \setlength\parsep{\parskip}%
+        \setlength\rightmargin{\leftmargin}%
+        \defcommand\speak [1] {\item[{##1}]}%
+        \let\makelabel\DialogueLabel
+      }%
+      \PreDialogue\relax
+    }{%
+  \end{list}%
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{environment}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4c3133423f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `lips.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% lips.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     lips.sty or lips.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called lips.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     lips.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual text ellipses (Frankenstein's lips)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2.1}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{lips}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\newcommand*\Lips {}
+\let\Lips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Lips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@lips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand*\BracketedLips {}
+\let\BracketedLips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\BracketedLips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@blips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newlet\lips\Lips
+\newlet\olips\lips
+\DeclareOption{mla} {%
+  \let\lips\BracketedLips
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+\newcommand\lp@lips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      .\penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\ %
+      \GobbleIgnoreSpaces
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lp@blips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleIgnoreSpaces [1] {%
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\newcommand*\lp@bang {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rparen {}
+\newcommand*\lp@comma {}
+\newcommand*\lp@slash {}
+\newcommand*\lp@colon {}
+\newcommand*\lp@semic {}
+\newcommand*\lp@q {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rbrack {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rquote {}
+\newcommand*\lp@tilde {}
+
+\let\lp@bang=!
+\let\lp@rparen=)
+\let\lp@comma=,
+\let\lp@slash=/
+\let\lp@colon=:
+\let\lp@semic=;
+\let\lp@q=?
+\let\lp@rbrack=]
+\let\lp@rquote='
+\let\lp@tilde=~
+
+
+\newcommand \LPNobreakList {%
+  \lp@comma \lp@colon  \lp@semic
+  \lp@q \lp@bang
+  \lp@rparen \lp@rquote \lp@rbrack \egroup
+  \lp@slash
+}
+\newcommand\lp@lips@check@punct {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\lp@tilde
+  \else
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \let\@fortmp\PunctList
+    \expandafter\@tforloop\LPNobreakList\@nil\@nil\@@\reserved@a {%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\reserved@a
+\@tempswafalse
+\@break@tfor
+      \fi
+     }%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \ %
+    \else
+      \nobreak\ %
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `lips.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..35b60029eff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/lips.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,555 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   lips LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, lips.tex
+%   and lips.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{207}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \cs\lips command generates text ellipses that are closer to what
+%   \manual suggests than what \cs\dots produces.  It does the right thing in
+%   most circumstances, and so is easy to use.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Text Ellipses}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\lips}
+% The macro \cs\lips should be used for all text ellipses, that is, ellipses
+% not part of a mathematical expression.
+%
+% \manual does not acknowledge different spacings after different marks of
+% punctuation, distinguish interword from intersentence space, or give rules
+% about where to break a line near an ellipsis.  Given a context where such
+% spaces do vary and rules for linebreaks can be given, I arrived at the
+% following rules for handling them around ellipses.
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item Pre-, post-, and intra-ellipsis space is normal intra-word space, which
+%       should be 3-to-em.  In \LaTeX{} there is also some glue (it's a 
+%       ``rubber space'').
+% \item When non-period punctuation $p$ follows \cs\lips, $p$ is followed by
+%       the space that normally follows $p$.
+% \item A period following \cs\lips is treated as if the period preceded
+%       \cs\lips.  Conceptually, an ellipsis never precedes a period, so
+%       conceptually there is only one case; but it is convenient to be able to
+%       type either \code{\lips.} or \code{.\lips}.
+% \item Lines are a tiny bit breakable before ellipses and a tiny bit
+%       breakable after ellipses that are not followed by punctuation.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% In figure~\ref{fig:usage} are examples of correct usage and in
+% figure~\ref{fig:comp} is a comparison of \cs\lips to \cs\dots.  You can
+% substitute any of the characters \code$!"()*+,-/:;=?@[]'`|<>~{}$ for the
+% exclamation point in the examples.  There can be additional contiguous spaces
+% after \cs\lips, just like after any command name.  There can also be
+% contiguous spaces before \cs\lips.
+%
+% \begin{figure}
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{lc}
+% \bfseries source & \bfseries \hspace*{4em} result
+% \end{tabular}\par\nobreak
+% \par\nobreak
+% \begin{tabular}{|lp{1in}|}
+% \hline
+% \verb*|Hello\lips. And|   & Hello\lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \lips. And|  & Hello \lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello.\lips And|   & Hello.\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello. \lips And|  & Hello. \lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|one,\lips, three|  & one,\lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|one, \lips, three| & one, \lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello\lips and|    & Hello\lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \lips and|   & Hello \lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello!\lips And|   & Hello!\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello! \lips And|  & Hello! \lips And   \\\hline
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \caption{\label{fig:usage}Examples of correct usage of \cs\lips.}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \end{figure}
+%
+% \begin{figure}
+% \begin{center}
+% \begin{tabular}{lc}
+% \bfseries source & \bfseries \hspace*{4em} result
+% \end{tabular}\par
+% \par
+% \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+% \begin{tabular}{|lp{1in}|}
+% \hline
+% \verb*|Hello\dots. And|   & Hello\dots. And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello\lips. And|   & Hello\lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \dots. And|  & Hello \dots. And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello \lips. And|  & Hello \lips. And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello.\dots And|   & Hello.\dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello.\lips And|   & Hello.\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello. \dots And|  & Hello. \dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello. \lips And|  & Hello. \lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|one,\dots, three|  & one,\dots, three  \\
+% \verb*|one,\lips, three|  & one,\lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|one, \dots, three| & one, \dots, three \\
+% \verb*|one, \lips, three| & one, \lips, three \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello\dots and|    & Hello\dots and    \\
+% \verb*|Hello\lips and|    & Hello\lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello \dots and|   & Hello \dots and    \\
+% \verb*|Hello \lips and|   & Hello \lips and    \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello!\dots And|   & Hello!\dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello!\lips And|   & Hello!\lips And   \\\hline
+% \verb*|Hello! \dots And|  & Hello! \dots And   \\
+% \verb*|Hello! \lips And|  & Hello! \lips And   \\\hline
+% \end{tabular}
+% \end{center}
+% \caption{\label{fig:comp}Comparison of \cs\lips with \cs\dots.}
+% \MakeShortVerb{\|}
+% \end{figure}
+% 
+% \section{Line breaking considerations}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\LPNobreakList
+%   When \cs\lips is followed by certain punctuation (\code|,:;?!)']}/| by
+%   default), we never want to break a line after the ellipsis and before that
+%   punctuation.  For the other punctuation, such as open parenthesis and open
+%   quote, we want normally breakable space following the ellipsis.
+%   \cs\LPNobreakList is a list of those characters before which \cs\lips
+%   should \emph{never} break a line.  To force unbreakable space following
+%   \cs\lips, follow \cs\lips with a tie (|~|).
+%
+% \section{Limitations}
+%
+% \cs\lips does the right thing after \cname{par}, but after \cs\indent or
+% \cs\noindent there is an extra preceding space (see the final section on
+% testing for an example).  Suggestions on how to handle this problem are
+% welcome.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{Chicago Manual text ellipses (Frankenstein's lips)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2.1}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{lips}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{The macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Lips}
+% \begin{macro}{\BracketedLips}
+% \begin{macro}{\lips}
+% \begin{macro}{\olips}
+%   If we're in math mode, raise an error.  If we're in vertical mode, leave it
+%   and do an ellipsis not breakable at the end.  If we're in horizontal mode,
+%   call \cname{lp@lips@hmode}.
+%
+%   Normally I would use \cs\NewRobustCommand, but this seems not enough reason
+%   to require the \package{moredefs} package.  We reserve the name \cs\lips by
+%   hand.  In the future, this package may require \package{moredefs}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\Lips {}
+\let\Lips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\Lips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@lips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand*\BracketedLips {}
+\let\BracketedLips\relax
+\DeclareRobustCommand\BracketedLips {%
+  \ifmmode
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \PackageError{lips}
+        {Don't use \protect\lips \space in math mode; use \protect\dots.}\@ehc
+    }%
+  \else
+    \ifvmode
+      \def\sc@t@a {%
+        \leavevmode
+        [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]\nobreak\ %
+      }%
+    \else
+      \let\sc@t@a\lp@blips@hmode
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{need the relax to avoid mistaking as optarg in some
+% contexts?}  In MLA style, that is, with the \option{mla} option, \cs\lips
+% gives you brackets, meaning you To get no brackets, use \cs\olips for
+% ``original lips,'' that is, ellipses in the original document.  \todo{Better
+% dox here.  Are options case sensitive?  If so, make MLA=mla.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\lips\Lips
+\newlet\olips\lips
+\DeclareOption{mla} {%
+  \let\lips\BracketedLips
+}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@lips@hmode}
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@blips@hmode}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleIgnoreSpaces}
+%   The horizontal mode case.  Then we remove the last skip on the horizontal
+%   list.  If the next character is a period, we want to act as if the period
+%   preceded \cs\lips, so we plonk down a period, a minimally-breakable space,
+%   then an ellipsis ending with normally-breakable space.  This keeps the
+%   ellipsis on the same line as the sentence it follows if at all possible,
+%   but allows it to spill onto the next line if there's no other way to avoid
+%   an overfull line.  Then we want to gobble up the period that's about to
+%   come, and ignore any spaces after it, since we've already inserted proper
+%   space.
+%
+%   If the next character is not a period, we output a minimally-breakable
+%   space and an ellipsis.  To decide whether to follow it with unbreakable or
+%   normally-breakable space, we need to know more about the next character
+%   than just that it is not a period, so we \cs\let it to scratch |a| and call
+%   \cname{lp@lips@check@punct}.
+%
+% \todo{document different logic with bracketed lips; how the heck to handle
+% greater inter-sentence space?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\lp@lips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      .\penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .\ %
+      \GobbleIgnoreSpaces
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ .\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+% hmm, have to keep the check for period i guess because i don't want it in
+% nobreaklist?  because the break/nobreak is different?  because it's more efficient?
+\newcommand\lp@blips@hmode {%
+  \unskip
+  \@ifnextchar . {%
+      \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \penalty9999\ [.\nobreak\ .\nobreak\ .]%
+    \futurelet\sc@t@a\lp@lips@check@punct
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleIgnoreSpaces [1] {%
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\LPNobreakList}
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@<punctuation>}
+%   We'd like to use \code{\ifcat.\sc@t@a} for this, but that won't work when
+%   we get a command sequence in scratch |a|.  Bummer.
+%   Do I really need to define all this punctuation now?  It protects against
+%   something becoming an active char or otherwise changing catcodes after the
+%   \package{lips} package is loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\lp@bang {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rparen {}
+\newcommand*\lp@comma {}
+\newcommand*\lp@slash {}
+\newcommand*\lp@colon {}
+\newcommand*\lp@semic {}
+\newcommand*\lp@q {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rbrack {}
+\newcommand*\lp@rquote {}
+\newcommand*\lp@tilde {}
+
+\let\lp@bang=!
+\let\lp@rparen=)
+\let\lp@comma=,
+\let\lp@slash=/
+\let\lp@colon=:
+\let\lp@semic=;
+\let\lp@q=?
+\let\lp@rbrack=]
+\let\lp@rquote='
+\let\lp@tilde=~
+
+% \egroup
+
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% I'm making an attempt to put these in order of expected frequency.  A
+% doublequote could be at the beginning or end of a quotation, so half the time
+% you'll have to correct by adding |{}|, so let's leave it out
+% so there's one less to check.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand \LPNobreakList {%
+  \lp@comma \lp@colon  \lp@semic
+  \lp@q \lp@bang 
+  \lp@rparen \lp@rquote \lp@rbrack \egroup
+  \lp@slash
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\lp@lips@check@punct}
+%   Add nonbreakable space if scratch |a| is in \cs\LPNobreakList; add
+%   normally-breakable space otherwise.  Add no space at all if scratch |a| is
+%   a tie---the tie will add nonbreakable space. We use just the guts of
+%   \cname{@tfor} for efficiency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\lp@lips@check@punct {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\lp@tilde
+  \else
+    \@tempswatrue
+    \let\@fortmp\PunctList
+    \expandafter\@tforloop\LPNobreakList\@nil\@nil\@@\reserved@a {%
+      \ifx\sc@t@a\reserved@a
+	\@tempswafalse
+	\@break@tfor
+      \fi
+     }%
+    \if@tempswa
+      \ %
+    \else
+      \nobreak\ %
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% You might want to compare the \LaTeX{} version (as of 95/12/01).
+% \cname{fontdimen3} is the interword stretchability, not interword space.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \DeclareTextCommandDefault{\textellipsis}{%
+%   .\kern\fontdimen3\font
+%   .\kern\fontdimen3\font
+%   .\kern\fontdimen3\font
+% }
+% \def\mathellipsis{\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+% \DeclareRobustCommand{\dots}{%
+%   \ifmmode\mathellipsis\else\textellipsis\fi
+% }
+% \let\ldots\dots
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \section{Ante-\cs\lips}
+%
+% This is some testing.  We need some text here as the first paragraph after
+% the \cs\section.
+%
+% : \lips.
+%
+% : \lips text.
+%
+% : \lips)
+%
+% ; \lips.
+%
+% ; \lips text.
+%
+% ; \lips)
+%
+% ! \lips.
+%
+% ! \lips text.
+%
+% ! \lips)
+%
+% t \lips.
+%
+% t \lips text.
+%
+% t \lips)
+%
+% T \lips.
+%
+% T \lips text.
+%
+% T \lips)
+%
+% , \lips.
+%
+% , \lips text.
+%
+% , \lips)
+%
+%  \par \lips and (|\par \lips and|)
+%  \par and (|\par and|)
+%
+%  \par\indent \lips (|\par\indent \lips and|)
+%  \par\indent and (|\par\indent and|)
+%
+%  \par\noindent \lips and (|\par\noindent \lips and|)
+%  \par\noindent and (|\par\noindent and|)
+%
+%  \par And.\lips \par (|And.\lips \par|)
+%  \par And. \par (|And. \par|)
+%
+% \section{Post-\cs\lips}
+%
+%  \cs\lips before a tie: One two three.\lips~tiedtolips (I doubt you'd want to
+%  do this.)
+%
+%  \cs\lips before ), e.g., punctuation transparent to spacefactors:
+%
+%  (One two three.\lips)\ This follows the ) with interword space, to compare.
+%
+%  (One two three.\lips) This should follow the ) with intersentence space.
+%
+%  (One two three.\lips\@) This should follow the ) with intersentence space.
+%
+% \cs\lips before shortverb: \lips |shortverb verbatim stuff|
+%
+% \cs\lips before \cs\textsf: \lips \textsf{sansserif}
+%
+% \begin{center}
+% \cs\lips before |\\|: \lips \\
+% second line of a \env{center} environment
+% \end{center}
+%
+% \cs\lips before \cs\#: \lips \#
+%
+% \cs\lips before |<|: \lips <
+%
+% \cs\lips before an abbrev: \lips \Frankenstein
+%
+% \cs\lips before \cs\cite: \lips \cite{chicago:14}
+%
+% \cs\lips before |$|: \lips $f=ma$            ^^A$
+%
+%^^A \cs\lips in math mode (error!): $\lips^2$
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{ll}
+% \cs\lips before |&|: \lips & second column of a \env{tabular}
+% \end{tabular}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..81752d699c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,577 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `moredefs.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% moredefs.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     moredefs.sty or moredefs.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called moredefs.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     moredefs.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{more defining commands (Frankenstein's brain)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.8}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{moredefs}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\newcommand*\@ifundefined@cs [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a{%
+    \expandafter\@gobble\string #1%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined\reserved@a
+      \@firstoftwo
+    \@secondoftwo
+}
+\newcommand\IfElement{}
+\def\IfElement #1\In#2{%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =#2\do {%
+      \ifx #1\sc@t@a
+        \@tempswatrue
+        \@break@tfor
+      \else
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@nothing{}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@or@long [1] {% args: defining-command
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\l@ngrel@x\relax
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+      #1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\l@ngrel@x\long
+    \def\sc@star@nothing {}%
+    #1%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\md@check@star {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\sc@star@nothing \ShortEmpty
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\requirecommand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@command
+}
+\newcommand\require@command [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter\CheckCommand\sc@star@nothing
+  }%
+  {#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\InitCS {%
+  \@star@or@long\Init@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Init@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \l@ngrel@x\def#1{}%
+}
+\newcommand\InitName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Init@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Init@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{}{}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveCS {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing{#1} {}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\NewName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{} {}%
+}
+\InitCS*\ShortEmpty
+\InitCS\LongEmpty
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@c
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@d
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@e
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@f
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@g
+\newcommand\newtokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \@nameuse{newtoks}#1%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\newlet [2] {% args: \csname-a \csname-b
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \let #1#2%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providetokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \@nameuse{newtokens}#1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providetokens\space is not reallocating
+                           token variable \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing contents are [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providelength [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newlength{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providelength\space is not reallocating
+                           \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providesavebox [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newsavebox{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providesavebox\space is not reallocating
+                           box \protect#1.}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providecounter [1] {% args: string
+  \@ifundefined{c@#1} {%
+      \newcounter{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providecounter\space is not reallocating
+                           counter #1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\expandafter\number\csname c@#1\endcsname]}%
+  }%
+}
+
+
+\requirecommand*\newboolean [1] {% args: string
+  \expandafter
+    \@ifdefinable\csname if#1\endcsname {%
+      \expandafter\newif\csname if#1\endcsname
+    }%
+}
+
+\@ifpackageloaded{ifthen} {%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \requirecommand*\provideboolean [1] {% args: string
+    \@ifundefined {if#1} {%
+        \newboolean{#1}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\provideboolean\space is not reallocating
+                             \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                             The value is [\@nameuse{if#1}TRUE\else FALSE\fi]}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+\newtokens\sc@toks@a
+\newtokens\sc@toks@b
+
+\newcommand\addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\g@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\UndefineCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \let#1\@undefined
+}
+\newcommand\UndefineName [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname\@undefined
+}
+\newcommand\defcommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@command
+}
+\newcommand\def@command {%
+  \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+  \new@command
+}
+\newcommand\DefName {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@name
+}
+\newcommand\def@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\NewName {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@name
+}
+\newcommand\new@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \defcommand\reserved@a {%
+      #1%
+    }%
+    \@notdefinable
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\sc@global {%
+  \relax
+}
+\newcommand\Global {%
+  \def\sc@global {%
+    \global\let\sc@global\relax\global
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\CheckName {%
+  \@star@or@long\check@name
+}
+\newcommand\check@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{reserved@a}{#2}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\@check@eq\csname #1\endcsname\reserved@a
+}
+\newcommand\RequireName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@name
+}
+\newcommand\require@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter   \expandafter
+      \expandafter \CheckName
+      \expandafter \sc@star@nothing
+                   \csname #1\endcsname
+      {#2}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewTextFontCommand [2] {% args: \csname font-command
+  \NewRobustCommand#1[1]{%
+    \ifmmode
+      \nfss@text{#2##1}%
+    \else
+      \leavevmode
+      {\text@command{##1}%
+       #2\check@icl ##1\check@icr
+       \expandafter}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewRobustCommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@robustcommand
+}
+\newcommand\new@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \let\sc@t@a\relax
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \new@@robustcommand #1%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\new@@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a {\string#1}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \edef\reserved@b {%
+    \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b
+  }%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+      \noexpand\x@protect
+      \noexpand#1%
+    \fi
+    \noexpand\protect
+    \expandafter\noexpand\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+  }%
+ \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+ \expandafter\new@command\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\Elet {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter
+}
+\newcommand*\EElet {%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\expandafter
+}
+\newcommand\NewUserInfo {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\new@userinfo
+}
+\newcommand*\new@userinfo [2][] {% args: [\csname] \csname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\sc@star@nothing{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b {#1}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@b\ShortEmpty
+    \edef\sc@t@a {%
+      \edef\noexpand\sc@t@b{%
+        \E@cdr\string#2\@nil
+      }%
+    }%
+    \lowercase\expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+  \else
+    \edef\sc@t@b {\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+  \fi
+  \edef\sc@t@a {%
+    \noexpand\NewName\sc@star@nothing{\sc@t@b}{####1}
+      {\noexpand\renewcommand\sc@star@nothing\noexpand#2{####1}}
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\SaveCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newlet\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname#1%
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \Elet#1\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+}
+\newcommand\SaveName [1] {% args: csname
+  \ReserveName{MDSaved#1}%
+  \EElet\csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+        \csname #1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreName [1] {% args: csname
+  \EElet\csname #1\endcsname
+        \csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\eExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExpand
+}
+\NewName{sc@eExpand} {#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a{#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@star@nothing\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter   \sc@t@b
+    \expandafter {\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\EExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@EExpand
+}
+\NewName{sc@EExpand}{#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \let\sc@t@c\sc@star@nothing
+  \expandafter   \expandafter
+    \expandafter \defcommand
+    \expandafter \sc@t@c
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter {#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@t@c\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter\sc@t@b
+    \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\eExecute {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExecute
+}
+\newcommand\sc@eExecute [1] {% args: body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a {#1}%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\NewName{E@cdr} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@cdr #1\@nil
+}
+\NewName{E@car} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@car #1\@nil
+}
+\newlet\Gobble\@gobble
+\newlet\GobbleM\@gobble
+\newcommand\GobbleO {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\newlet\GobbleMM\@gobbletwo
+\newcommand\GobbleOM {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleOM
+    \Gobble
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleMO [1] {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleOM} {[#1]#2}
+  {}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleO} {[#1]}
+  {}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \newboolean{@#1@}%
+  \DeclareOption{#1} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@true}
+  }%
+  \DeclareOption{#2} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@false}
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanUserOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \DeclareBooleanOptions{#1}{#2}%
+  \ReserveName{#1}%
+  \ReserveName{#2}%
+  \EElet \csname#1\endcsname\csname @#1@true\endcsname
+  \EElet \csname#2\endcsname\csname @#1@false\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\ToggleBoolean [1] {% arg: boolean
+  \csname if#1\endcsname
+    \sc@global\csname #1false\endcsname
+  \else
+    \sc@global\csname #1true\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\VerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \showboxbreadth #1%
+  \showboxdepth #1%
+}
+\newcommand*\GVerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \global\c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \global\showboxbreadth #1%
+  \global\showboxdepth #1%
+}
+\ReserveCS\md@maybe@global
+\newcommand*\Debug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\relax
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\GDebug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\global
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\md@debug [1] {% args: debug-level
+  \ifnum #1 > 0%
+    \let\sc@t@a\@M
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DTypeout ##1{%
+      \typeout{##1}%
+    }%
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DGobbleM ##1{%
+      \typeout{DGobbleM: [##1]}%
+    }%
+    \ifnum #1 > 1%
+      \md@maybe@global\def\DDTypeout ##1{%
+        \typeout{##1}%
+      }%
+      \ifnum #1 > 2%
+        \md@maybe@global\def\DDDTypeout ##1{%
+          \typeout{##1}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@a\m@ne
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+  \fi
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingoutput#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingpages#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingmacros#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingcommands#1 %
+  \ifx\md@maybe@global\relax
+    \VerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \else
+    \GVerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Global debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \fi
+}
+\newlet\DTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+\newcommand\FrankenWarning [2] {% args: package warning
+  \GenericWarning  % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) WARNING: #2}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenError [3] {% args: package error-message help-text
+  \GenericError % args: continuation message where-help what-help
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) error: #2}
+    {See the documenation for the #1 package for more information.}
+    {#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenInfo [2] {% args: package info
+  \GenericInfo    % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) says: #2}%
+}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `moredefs.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..28c26446c3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/moredefs.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1478 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   moredefs LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, moredefs.tex
+%   and moredefs.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{793}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   A delightful collection of defining, expansion, and debugging commands that
+%   make elegant programming in \LaTeX{} fun and easy.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% These macros were written in response to practical programming needs.  Most
+% of the packages I have written, whether distributed or not, depend on this
+% package.  Using these constructs has saved me a lot of time and made my code
+% much more readable---that is, maintainable and improvable.  For examples of
+% these macros in useful applications, see the packages in the \Frankenstein
+% bundle.
+%
+% \section{Naming conventions}
+%
+% The convention is that a capital \emph{E} means the macro expands something
+% just once.  A lowercase \emph{e}, as in \cs\edef, means the macro expands
+% something all the way to unexpandable tokens.
+%
+% The specification \meta{\\csname} means a control sequence with a preceding
+% backslash; the specification \meta{csname} means a control sequence without a
+% preceding backslash.  \meta{csname} arguments are expanded.  Commands which
+% take \meta{csname} arguments have |Name| in their names.
+%
+% When I write \word{package} in this documentation, I mean \LaTeX{} package or
+% class.
+%
+% \section{Conditionals}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\@ifundefined@cs}
+%   \cname{@ifundefined@cs}\marg{\\csname}\marg{true}\marg{false} executes the
+%   \meta{true} clause if \meta{\\csname} is not defined, and the \meta{else}
+%   clause otherwise.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\IfElement...\string\In}
+%   To check whether a token \meta{thingma} is \cs\ifx-equal to any token in a
+%   list of tokens stored in a macro \meta{list}, use
+%   \cs\IfElement\meta{thingma}\cs\In\meta{list}\marg{true}\marg{false}.  The
+%   top-level expansion of \meta{list} must be a list of tokens to compare with
+%   \meta{thingma} with \cs\ifx.  If the \meta{thingma} is in the \meta{list},
+%   the \meta{true} clause is executed; otherwise, the \meta{false} clause is
+%   executed.
+%
+% \section{Defining commands}
+%   \subsection{\protect\code{*} and no-\protect\code{*} forms}
+%  The naming convention of most defining commands in the \LaTeX{} kernel and
+%  in \package{moredefs} is that the no-|*| form of the command is |long| and
+%  the |*|-form is not |long|.
+%
+%   \subsection{User commands}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\InitCS
+% \DescribeMacro{\InitCS*}
+%   \cs\InitCS and \cname{InitCS*} take one argument, \meta{\\csname}, and
+%   initialize it to |{}|.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\InitName
+% \DescribeMacro{\InitName*}
+%   \cs\InitName and \cname{InitName*} are the same but take an argument
+%   \meta{csname} without a backslash.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ShortEmpty
+% \DescribeMacro\LongEmpty
+%   To make it easier to avoid the problem of comparing |long| and
+%   non-|long| macros with \cname{ifx}, compare macros with \cs\ShortEmpty
+%   and \cs\LongEmpty.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ReserveCS
+% \DescribeMacro{\ReserveCS*}
+%   \cs\ReserveCS\marg{\\csname} reserves \meta{\\csname} for the current
+%   package's use.  The variable is also initialized with the \cs\InitCS or
+%   \cs\InitCS* as appropriate.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ReserveName
+% \DescribeMacro{\ReserveName*}
+%   \cs\ReserveName and \cname{ReserveName*} are the same but take an argument
+%   \meta{csname} without a backslash.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\SaveCS
+% \DescribeMacro\RestoreCS
+%   \cs\SaveCS\marg{\\csname} saves the present value of \meta{\\csname} in a
+%   macro (\cname{MDSaved}\meta{csname}).  The saved value is restored to
+%   \meta{\\csname} by \cs\RestoreCS\marg{\\csname}.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\SaveName
+% \DescribeMacro\RestoreName
+%   \cs\SaveName and \cname{RestoreName} are the same but take an argument
+%   \meta{csname} without a backslash.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\requirecommand
+% \DescribeMacro{\requirecommand*}
+%   \cs\requirecommand takes arguments like \cs\newcommand and behaves like
+%   \cs\providecommand (defined in the kernel) with the following difference:
+%   if the control sequence is already defined, \cs\requirecommand calls
+%   \cs\CheckCommand to make sure that the new and existing definitions are
+%   identical, whereas \cs\providecommand assumes that if the control sequence
+%   is already defined, the existing definition is appropriate.
+%   \cs\requirecommand, like \cs\defcommand, \emph{guarantees} that a control
+%   sequence will have the given definition, but \cs\requirecommand also warns
+%   you if there was a previous and different existing definition.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\newtokens
+% \DescribeMacro\newlet
+% \DescribeMacro\newboolean
+%    \cs\newtokens\marg{\\csname}, \cs\newlet\marg{\\csname}\marg{\\csname},
+%    and \cs\newboolean\marg{csname} give an error if their control sequence
+%    argument is already defined.  \cs\newtokens creates a token variable.
+%    \cs\newlet does a \cs\let assignment.  \cs\newboolean\marg{csname} creates
+%    three new control sequences: two switches, |\csnametrue| and
+%    |\csnamefalse|, and a test, |\ifcsname|.  \cs\newtokens is \emph{not}
+%    |outer|.  Is there any reason this really matters?
+%
+%    \begin{warning}
+%    Limitation: You can't use \cs\newlet to \cs\let a command sequence
+%    to a character with a catcode not equal to 10 (space), 11 (letter), 12
+%    (other), or 13 (active).  For example, you can't say |\newlet\foo#|.
+%    Also, you cannot use |=| with \cs\newlet like you can with \cs\let.
+%    \end{warning}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\providetokens
+% \DescribeMacro\provideboolean
+% \DescribeMacro\providesavebox
+% \DescribeMacro\providecounter
+% \DescribeMacro\providelength
+%   Like the kernel's \cs\providecommand, the commands
+%   \cs\providetokens\marg{\\csname}, \cs\provideboolean\marg{csname},
+%   \cs\providesavebox\marg{\\csname}, \cs\providecounter\marg{csname}, and
+%   \cs\providelength\marg{\\csname} will create a new object (or objects)
+%   based on the name \meta{\\csname} or \meta{csname} only if they are not
+%   already defined.  See the corresponding commands that begin with |\new|
+%   instead of |\provide| for a description of what kind of object is created.
+%   In contrast with \cs\providecommand, however, these commands will write a
+%   record to the log file if their argument was already defined
+%   (\cs\providecommand does nothing at all in this case).
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\UndefineCS
+% \DescribeMacro\UndefineName
+%   \cs\UndefineCS\marg{\\csname} causes \meta{\\csname} to be undefined.
+%   \cs\UndefineName does the same for a \meta{csname}.  Use with caution.
+%   \cs\global works before them.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\defcommand
+% \DescribeMacro{\defcommand*}
+%   \cs\defcommand\marg{\\csname}\oarg{\# of args}\oarg{default for an optarg}
+%   defines \meta{\\csname} in the same manner as \cs\newcommand except no
+%   warning or error is issued if \meta{\\csname} is already defined.
+%
+%   \cs\defcommand is very similar to the primitive \cs\def, so why would you
+%   want to use it?  For one thing, the syntax is the same as all the other
+%   \LaTeX{} defining commands, so it is easier to read, and easier to change
+%   the word \code{defcommand} to one of the other defining commands.  Second,
+%   \cs\defcommand{}s that take arguments have simpler syntax when defining
+%   commands are nested.  You still have to double the |#| characters in the
+%   definition body, but the argument specification (e.g., |[n]|) is the same
+%   as if not nested.
+%
+%   There is a performance-syntax tradeoff; I choose to use \cs\defcommand
+%   whenever the command to be defined is taking an argument.  When it does not
+%   take an argument, there is no difference between \cs\def and \cs\defcommand
+%   except that \cs\def is faster.
+%
+%   I see very little reason to ever use \cs\renewcommand.  It causes an error
+%   when the control sequence is \emph{not} already defined.  Conceivably this
+%   is useful during development to catch programming mistakes, but much more
+%   often I find that I don't care whether the control sequence was defined or
+%   not, and therefore the error \cs\renewcommand might raise is inappropriate
+%   and a problem.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NewName
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewName*}
+%   \cs\NewName\marg{csname}\marg{template}\marg{body} defines \meta{csname} to
+%   expand to \meta{body} using a \TeX-style argument \meta{template},
+%   e.g. |#1#2\@nil| or simply |#1#2|.  
+%   If \meta{csname} is already defined, an error will be signalled.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DefName
+% \DescribeMacro{\DefName*}
+%   \cs\DefName is like \cs\NewName but no error is signalled if \meta{csname}
+%   is already defined.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Global
+%   If the command \cs\Global immediately precedes \cs\NewName, \cs\DefName, or
+%   \cs\ToggleBoolean, then the definition will be global.
+%
+%   \todo{Get something like \cs\Global going for all the new commands, not
+%   just \cs\DefName and \cs\NewName.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\CheckName
+% \DescribeMacro{\CheckName*}
+%   \cs\CheckName is like \cs\NewName but instead of defining the control
+%   sequence, it checks whether the control sequence has the given definition.
+%   If so, no action is taken; if not, a warning is given.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\RequireName
+% \DescribeMacro{\RequireName*}
+%   \cs\RequireName is to \cs\requirecommand as \cs\NewName is to
+%   \cs\newcommand.  The syntax is
+%   \cs\RequireName\marg{csname}\marg{template}\marg{body}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NewTextFontCommand
+% \DescribeMacro\NewRobustCommand
+%   \cs\NewTextFontCommand and \cs\NewRobustCommand are just like the kernel's
+%   \cs\DeclareTextFontCommand and \cs\DeclareRobustCommand, but they signal an
+%   error instead of just a warning if their first argument is already defined.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Elet
+% \DescribeMacro\EElet
+%   \cs\Elet expands the second token after it once and then \cs\let{}s the
+%   first token to the second token.  \cs\global works before it.  \cs\EElet
+%   expands the two tokens that come after it once each, and then \cs\let{}s
+%   the first to the second. \cs\global works before it.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\NewUserInfo
+% \DescribeMacro{\NewUserInfo*}
+%   \cs\NewUserInfo\oarg{user-cmd}\marg{variable}, where \meta{variable} has
+%   some capital letters, will define the lowercase version of \meta{variable}
+%   to be a user command that redefines \meta{variable} to its argument.  The
+%   argument \meta{user-cmd},  if supplied, is used for the user command,
+%   overriding the default of the lowercased \meta{variable}.
+%
+%   For example, |\NewUserInfo*\Subtitle| defines a user command
+%   |\subtitle|\marg{text} which does the equivalent of
+%   |\defcommand\Subtitle{|\meta{text}|}|.
+%
+%   \cs\NewUserInfo uses \cs\ReserveCS to initialize \meta{variable};
+%   \cs\NewUserInfo** uses \cs\ReserveCS*.
+%
+%   These have |@| in their names because they are modelled after kernel
+%   commands. \todo{Sort out naming comventions and write them down.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\addto@macro}
+% \DescribeMacro{\lg@addto@macro}
+%   \cname{addto@macro}\marg{\\csname}\marg{tokens} adds \meta{tokens} to the
+%   end of \marg{\\csname}.  The redefinition of \marg{\\csname} is local.  The
+%   kernel provides the global equivalent, \cname{g@addto@macro}.
+%   \cname{lg@addto@macro} is both |long| and global.
+%   \caveat{These commands won't work with a \meta{\\csname} that takes
+%   arguments.}
+% \begin{todo}
+% Probably it would not be too hard to handle that case.  Here is how you would
+% do it by hand for one example:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% % something like: \def\@chapter[#1]#2{...}
+%
+% \typeout{\meaning\@chapter}
+%
+% \renewcommand\addto@macro [2] {%
+%   \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1[##1]{##2}#2}%
+%   \edef#1[##1]##2{%
+%     \the\sc@toks@a
+%   }%
+% }
+%
+% \def\doodie#1{bobo \textsc{#1}}
+% \tracingonline1
+%
+% \Debug2
+% \addto@macro\@chapter {\doodie blorful}
+% \Debug0
+%
+% \typeout{\meaning\@chapter}
+% \end{codeexample}
+% \end{todo}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\prependto@macro}
+% \DescribeMacro{\g@prependto@macro}
+% \DescribeMacro{\lg@prependto@macro}
+%   \cname{prependto@macro}\marg{\\csname}\marg{tokens} adds \meta{tokens} to
+%   the beginning of \marg{\\csname}.  The redefinition of \marg{\\csname} is
+%   local.  The global equivalent is \cname{g@prependto@macro}.
+%   \cname{lg@prependto@macro} is both |long| and global.
+%
+% \section{Controlling expansion}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\EExpand...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro{\EExpand*...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro{\eExpand...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro{\eExpand*...\string\In}
+% \DescribeMacro\eExecute
+% \DescribeMacro{\eExecute*}
+%   A common construction is to \cs\edef a scratch variable to something and
+%   then execute the scratch variable.  The \cs\eExecute macro takes a single
+%   argument, expands it fully, then executes it.
+%
+%   \cs\eExpand\marg{first tokens}\cs\In\marg{second tokens} expands the
+%   \meta{first tokens} inside \meta{second tokens} wherever |#1| occurs.
+%   \cs\EExpand expands the first token of \meta{first tokens} only once.
+%   These commands can nest.
+%
+%   For example,
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     \def\a {\b}
+%     \def\b {Hello }
+%     \def\x {d}
+%     \eExpand\a worl\x\In {%
+%       \def\c {This is a good way to avoid lots of noexpands and
+%               expandafters.  #1.  And I continue.}%
+%       \def\x {boogaloo}% \x is already expanded in the def of \c
+%       \c
+%     }
+%
+%     \EExpand\a BLOOB\x\In {%
+%       \def\x{avoid }
+%       \edef#1{\b world}% BLOOB\x is syntactic sugar
+%       This is a good way to \x lots of noexpands and
+%       expandafters.  \a BLOOB\x.  And I continue.%
+%     }
+%   \end{bothexample}
+% The two commands expand to the same three sentences.  Here is one more
+% example, showing (again) how \cs\EExpand expands only the first token of its
+% argument only once::
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \def\x{XXX}
+%   \def\a{AAA\x}
+%   \def\b{BBB}
+%   \EExpand\a\b\In{%
+%     \def\x{xxx}
+%     \def\a{aaa}
+%     \def\b{YYY}
+%     #1
+%   }
+% \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \begingroup
+%   \catcode`\ =11\relax
+%   \DescribeMacro{\E@car...\string\@nil }
+%   \DescribeMacro{\E@cdr...\string\@nil } 
+% \endgroup
+%   Let $T$ be the sequence of tokens between \cname{E@car} and \cname{@nil}.
+%   The first token of $T$ is expanded once, and \cs{\E@car...\@nil}
+%   expands to the first token of the result.
+%
+%   \cname{E@cdr...\@nil} is similar, but expands to the entire result
+%   \emph{except} its first token.
+%
+%  For example, after
+%  \begin{codeexample}
+%    \def\a {Hello}
+%    \def\b { world}
+%  \end{codeexample}
+%  |\E@car \a there\b.\@nil| would expand first of all to
+%  |H|\@.  And |\E@cdr \a there\b.\@nil| would expand first of all to 
+%  |ellothere\b.|, and then eventually expand fully to |ellothere world.|.
+%     
+%   The example is more complicated than you would normally use.  Usually you
+%   want to |car| and |cdr| a sequence of tokens contained in macro |\foo|, and
+%   this is easy enough with |\E@car\foo\@nil|.  To chop off the first token of
+%   |\foo|, |\edef\foo {\E@cdr\foo\@nil}|.   (If you're wondering, the space
+%   after |\foo| is irrelevant.)
+%
+% \section{Gobbling}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\Gobble}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleO}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleMM}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleMO}
+% \DescribeMacro{\GobbleOM}
+%   It occurs fairly often that you want to gobble things while \cs\makeatother
+%   is in effect, so these command names have no |@|'s.  The |M| stands for a
+%   mandatory argument, and the |O| stands for an optional argument.  For
+%   example, suppose there is a command |\foo|\oarg{optarg}\marg{marg}.  If you
+%   |\let\foo\GobbleOM|, then the arguments to |\foo| will be gobbled
+%   appropriately.
+%
+%   \cs\Gobble is the same as \cs\GobbleM, in imitation of the internal
+%   \cname{@gobble}.
+%
+% \section{Option declaration}
+%
+%   The follwing two commands may be used in packages before the
+%   \cs\ProcessOptions command is issued.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareBooleanOptions
+%   \cs\DeclareBooleanOptions\marg{on}\marg{off} declares a new boolean
+%   variable |@|\meta{on}|@| and makes it |true| if the option
+%   \option{\meta{on}} is given to the package, and |false| if the option
+%   \option{\meta{off}} is given, or if neither is given.  I think it is good
+%   programming style not to rely on the default, always declaring either
+%   \meta{on} or \meta{off} with an \cs\ExecuteOptions statement.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareBooleanUserOptions
+%   \cs\DeclareBooleanUserOptions\marg{on}\marg{off} is like
+%   \cs\DeclareBooleanOptions, but additionally declares two user commands
+%   \meta{\\on} and \meta{\\off} which are \cs\let to |\@|\meta{on}|@true| and
+%   |\@|\meta{off}|@false|, respectively.  Use this command when it is sensible
+%   to change the status of the option after the package has been loaded.
+%
+% \section{Toggle a boolean}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ToggleBoolean
+%   \cs\ToggleBoolean\marg{boolean} changes the state of \meta{boolean} from
+%   |false| to |true| or vice versa.  The argument \meta{boolean} should not
+%   include an initial |if| or final |true| or |false|.  The redefinition is
+%   local unless \cs\Global precedes \cs\ToggleBoolean.
+%  
+% \section{Debugging}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\VerboseErrors
+%   \LaTeX{} by default gives very little context for errors.
+%   \cs\VerboseErrors\oarg{number} causes \LaTeX{} to give \meta{number} lines
+%   of context, or the maximum by default.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\GVerboseErrors
+%   Like \cs\VerboseErrors but effective globally.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\Debug
+%   \cs\Debug\marg{number} sets a debugging parameter to \meta{number}.  I have
+%   plans to turn this into a bitwise parameter like many C programs, but right
+%   now the behavior is to issue a message with \cs\typeout, call
+%   \cs\VerboseErrors, and use the parameter to assign values to
+%   \cs\tracingoutput, \cs\tracingpages, \cs\tracingmacros, and
+%   \cs\tracingcommands.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\GDebug
+%   \cs\GDebug\marg{number} is as \cs\Debug but its assignments are
+%   \cs\global.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DTypeout
+% \DescribeMacro\DDTypeout
+% \DescribeMacro\DDDTypeout
+%   \cs\DTypeout expands to \cs\typeout when \cs\Debug is 1 or greater, and
+%   \cs\GobbleM otherwise.  \cs\DDTypeout is \cs\GobbleM unless \cs\Debug is 2
+%   or greater; \cs\DDDTypeout is \cs\GobbleM unless \cs\Debug is 3 or greater.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DGobbleM
+%   Like \cs\GobbleM but when \cs\Debug is 1 or greater, tells you what it's
+%   gobbling with a \cs\typeout.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\FrankenError
+% \DescribeMacro\FrankenWarning
+% \DescribeMacro\FrankenInfo
+%   The commands \cs\FrankenError, \cs\FrankenWarning, and \cs\FrankenInfo are
+%   defined here for use by other \Frankenstein packages and classes.  They are
+%   simply wrappers for the obvious kernel commands (i.e., substitute
+%   ``Generic'' for ``Franken'').
+% 
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{more defining commands (Frankenstein's brain)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.8}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{moredefs}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Conditionals}
+%   We start with the conditionals section because we want to use
+%   \cname{@ifundefined@cs} in this package to make some of the subsequent
+%   definitions easier to read.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@ifundefined@cs}
+%   \mbox{} 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@ifundefined@cs [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a{%
+    \expandafter\@gobble\string #1%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined\reserved@a
+      \@firstoftwo
+    \@secondoftwo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfElement...\In}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IfElement{}
+\def\IfElement #1\In#2{%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \expandafter   \@tfor
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter :%
+    \expandafter =#2\do {%
+      \ifx #1\sc@t@a
+%        \DTypeout{[\meaning #1] matches element [\meaning\sc@t@a]
+%                 in [\string#2].}%
+        \@tempswatrue
+        \@break@tfor
+      \else
+%        \DTypeout{[\meaning #1] matches NO elements in [\string #2].}%
+      \fi
+    }%
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Defining commands}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@star@or@long}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@star@nothing}
+%   The macros \cname{sc@star@or@long} and \cname{sc@star@nothing} are parallel
+%   to the kernel's \cname{@star@or@long} and \cname{l@ngrel@x}, which control
+%   whether definitions are |long| or not.  \cname{sc@star@or@long} causes the
+%   value of \cname{sc@star@nothing} to be either |*| or empty, depending on
+%   whether it finds a |*| when it is called.  It also sets the kernel's
+%   \cname{l@ngrel@x} to nothing or \cs\long, respectively.  (We need both
+%   flags at least once.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@nothing{}
+\newcommand*\sc@star@or@long [1] {% args: defining-command
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\l@ngrel@x\relax
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+      #1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\l@ngrel@x\long
+    \def\sc@star@nothing {}%
+    #1%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\md@check@star}
+%   Looks for a star with \cname{@ifstar} and sets \cname{sc@star@nothing} to
+%   |*| if there is a star and \cs\ShortEmpty if not.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\md@check@star {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \def\sc@star@nothing {*}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\sc@star@nothing \ShortEmpty
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\requirecommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\requirecommand*}
+% \begin{macro}{\require@command}
+%  A typical application of the star mechanisms is \cs\requirecommand.
+%    \begin{macrocode}   
+\newcommand\requirecommand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@command
+}
+\newcommand\require@command [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter\CheckCommand\sc@star@nothing
+  }%
+  {#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\InitCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\InitCS*}
+% \begin{macro}{\InitName}
+% \begin{macro}{\InitName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveCS*}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveName}
+% \begin{macro}{\ReserveName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\ShortEmpty}
+% \begin{macro}{\LongEmpty}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\InitCS {%
+  \@star@or@long\Init@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Init@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \l@ngrel@x\def#1{}%
+}
+\newcommand\InitName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Init@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Init@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{}{}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveCS {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@CS
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@CS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newcommand\sc@star@nothing{#1} {}%
+}
+\newcommand\ReserveName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\Reserve@Name
+}
+\newcommand\Reserve@Name [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\NewName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{} {}%
+}
+\InitCS*\ShortEmpty
+\InitCS\LongEmpty
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@c}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@d}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@e}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@f}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@t@g}
+%   Scratch variables.  ^^A FIX
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@c
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@d
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@e
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@f
+\ReserveCS\sc@t@g
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\newtokens}
+% \begin{macro}{\newlet}
+%   Because \cs\newtoks is \cs\outer, we have to fool \cs\def into allowing it
+%   to be in its argument by using \cname{@nameuse}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\newtokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \@nameuse{newtoks}#1%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\newlet [2] {% args: \csname-a \csname-b
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \let #1#2%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\providetokens}
+% \begin{macro}{\providelength}
+% \begin{macro}{\providesavebox}
+% \begin{macro}{\providecounter}
+% \begin{macro}{\newboolean}
+% \begin{macro}{\provideboolean}
+%   The \cs\newboolean command is the same as the one in the \package{ifthen}
+%   package; so that package won't clash with this one.  Isn't
+%   \cs\requirecommand nice?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\providetokens [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \@nameuse{newtokens}#1%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providetokens\space is not reallocating
+                           token variable \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing contents are [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providelength [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newlength{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providelength\space is not reallocating
+                           \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\the#1]}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providesavebox [1] {% args: \csname
+  \@ifundefined@cs{#1} {%
+      \newsavebox{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providesavebox\space is not reallocating
+                           box \protect#1.}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand*\providecounter [1] {% args: string
+  \@ifundefined{c@#1} {%
+      \newcounter{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\providecounter\space is not reallocating
+                           counter #1.\MessageBreak
+                           The existing value is [\expandafter\number\csname c@#1\endcsname]}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following definition follows the one in the \package{ifthen} package:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+
+% \ProvidesPackage{ifthen}
+%          [1999/01/07 v1.1a Standard LaTeX ifthen package (DPC)]
+
+\requirecommand*\newboolean [1] {% args: string
+  \expandafter
+    \@ifdefinable\csname if#1\endcsname {%
+      \expandafter\newif\csname if#1\endcsname
+    }%
+}
+
+% old def of \cs\newboolean I had before 15 Feb 00:
+%  \csname newif\expandafter\endcsname\csname if#1\endcsname
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Notice that \cs\defcommand is not defined yet.
+%
+% If the \package{ifthen} package is loaded \emph{either} before or
+% after this package, the \cs\provideboolean command will be the one defined in
+% \package{ifthen}.  Otherwise, it will be the one defined here.
+%
+% There are two minor differences between this definition and the one in the
+% \package{ifthen} package: (1) my command will barf on undefined but
+% ``undefinable'' commands, e.g., ones that begin with \cs\end, which \LaTeX{}
+% reserves; (2) my command writes an informational message to the log file when
+% the boolean variable is already defined.  I'm not sure how useful the
+% informational message is, but the first difference should I think also be in
+% the \package{ifthen} package, so \todo{I'm putting it on my list to write the
+% \LaTeX{} team requesting this change.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifpackageloaded{ifthen} {%
+  }{% ELSE
+  \requirecommand*\provideboolean [1] {% args: string
+    \@ifundefined {if#1} {%
+        \newboolean{#1}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \FrankenInfo{moredefs}{\protect\provideboolean\space is not reallocating
+                             \protect#1.\MessageBreak
+                             The value is [\@nameuse{if#1}TRUE\else FALSE\fi]}%
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following definition is what's in the \package{ifthen} package, for
+% reference.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \requirecommand*\provideboolean [1] {% args: string
+%   \@ifundefined{if#1}{%
+%     \expandafter
+%       \newif\csname if#1\endcsname}\relax
+% }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@toks@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@toks@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\addto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lg@addto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\prependto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\g@prependto@macro}
+% \begin{macro}{\lg@prependto@macro}
+%   There are still missing a couple of the permutations, but I won't add them
+%   until I need them.  You can add them yourself in the configuration file
+%   \file{moredefs.cfg}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newtokens\sc@toks@a
+\newtokens\sc@toks@b
+
+\newcommand\addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@addto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a=\expandafter{#1#2}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\g@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\lg@prependto@macro [2] {%
+  \sc@toks@a={#2}%
+  \sc@toks@b=\expandafter{#1}%
+  \long\xdef#1{%
+    \the\sc@toks@a\the\sc@toks@b
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\UndefineCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\UndefineName}
+%   \cs\global works before them.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\UndefineCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \let#1\@undefined
+}
+\newcommand\UndefineName [1] {% args: csname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname\@undefined
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\defcommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\defcommand*}
+% \begin{macro}{\def@command}
+%   See the user documentation for a discussion of when to use this insteae of \cs\def.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\defcommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@command
+}
+\newcommand\def@command {%
+  \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+  \new@command
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DefName}
+% \begin{macro}{\DefName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\def@name}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewName}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@name}
+% \begin{macro}{\Global}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@global}
+%  \cs\Global works before \cs\DefName, \cs\NewName, and \cs\ToggleBoolean
+%  only!
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DefName {%
+  \@star@or@long\def@name
+}
+\newcommand\def@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\NewName {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@name
+}
+\newcommand\new@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \sc@global\l@ngrel@x\@namedef{#1}#2{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \defcommand\reserved@a {%
+      #1%
+    }%
+    \@notdefinable
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\sc@global {%
+  \relax
+}
+\newcommand\Global {%
+  \def\sc@global {%
+    \global\let\sc@global\relax\global
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\CheckName}
+% \begin{macro}{\CheckName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\check@name}
+% \begin{macro}{\RequireName}
+% \begin{macro}{\RequireName*}
+% \begin{macro}{\require@name}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\CheckName {%
+  \@star@or@long\check@name
+}
+\newcommand\check@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{reserved@a}{#2}{#3}%
+  \expandafter\@check@eq\csname #1\endcsname\reserved@a
+}
+\newcommand\RequireName {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\require@name
+}
+\newcommand\require@name [3] {% args: arglist csname body
+  \@ifundefined{#1} {%
+      \expandafter\DefName\sc@star@nothing{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \expandafter   \expandafter
+      \expandafter \CheckName
+      \expandafter \sc@star@nothing
+                   \csname #1\endcsname
+      {#2}{#3}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewTextFontCommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewRobustCommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@robustcommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@@robustcommand}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewTextFontCommand [2] {% args: \csname font-command
+  \NewRobustCommand#1[1]{%
+    \ifmmode
+      \nfss@text{#2##1}%
+    \else
+      \leavevmode
+      {\text@command{##1}%
+       #2\check@icl ##1\check@icr
+       \expandafter}%
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\NewRobustCommand {%
+  \@star@or@long\new@robustcommand
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We need a second level here because otherwise the \cs\fi that closes
+% \cname{@ifdefinable} will become the definition of the closing
+% \cname{new@command}.  We could use a chain of \cs\expandafter{}s but that
+% would be confusing.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\new@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \let\sc@t@a\relax
+  \@ifdefinable #1 {%
+    \def\sc@t@a {%
+      \new@@robustcommand #1%
+    }%
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+\newcommand\new@@robustcommand [1] {%
+  \edef\reserved@a {\string#1}%
+  \def\reserved@b {#1}%
+  \edef\reserved@b {%
+    \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning\reserved@b
+  }%
+  \edef#1{%
+    \ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b
+      \noexpand\x@protect
+      \noexpand#1%
+    \fi
+    \noexpand\protect
+    \expandafter\noexpand\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+  }%
+ \let\@ifdefinable\@rc@ifdefinable
+ \expandafter\new@command\csname
+      \expandafter\@gobble\string#1 \endcsname
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Elet}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\Elet {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\EElet}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\EElet {%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\let\expandafter\expandafter
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\NewUserInfo}
+% \begin{macro}{\NewUserInfo*}
+% \begin{macro}{\new@userinfo}
+%   Using \cs\lowercase in this macro is tricky, since it gets expanded only in
+%   \TeX's stomach.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\NewUserInfo {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\new@userinfo
+}
+\newcommand*\new@userinfo [2][] {% args: [\csname] \csname
+  \expandafter\ReserveCS\sc@star@nothing{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b {#1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If we were not given the optional user-cmd, define scratch |b| to be a
+% lowercase version of the variable, without the backslash.  Otherwise use the
+% user-cmd given, without the backslash.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifx\sc@t@b\ShortEmpty
+    \edef\sc@t@a {%
+      \edef\noexpand\sc@t@b{%
+        \E@cdr\string#2\@nil
+      }%
+    }%
+    \lowercase\expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+  \else
+    \edef\sc@t@b {\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now define the user-cmd to be a redefinition of the variable.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \edef\sc@t@a {%
+    \noexpand\NewName\sc@star@nothing{\sc@t@b}{####1}
+      {\noexpand\renewcommand\sc@star@nothing\noexpand#2{####1}}
+  }%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\SaveCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreCS}
+% \begin{macro}{\SaveName}
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreName}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\SaveCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \expandafter\newlet\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname#1%
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreCS [1] {% args: \csname
+  \Elet#1\csname MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved\E@cdr\string#1\@nil}%
+}
+\newcommand\SaveName [1] {% args: csname
+  \ReserveName{MDSaved#1}%
+  \EElet\csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+        \csname #1\endcsname
+}
+\newcommand\RestoreName [1] {% args: csname
+  \EElet\csname #1\endcsname
+        \csname MDSaved#1\endcsname
+  \UndefineName{MDSaved#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Controlling expansion}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\EExpand...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\EExpand*...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@EExpand}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExpand...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExpand*...\In}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@eExpand}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExecute}
+% \begin{macro}{\eExecute*}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@eExecute}
+% Uses \cname{sc@t@a}, \cname{sc@t@b}, \cname{sc@t@c}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\eExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExpand
+}
+\NewName{sc@eExpand} {#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a{#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@star@nothing\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter   \sc@t@b
+    \expandafter {\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\EExpand {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@EExpand
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% When this is |short|, both the two args are |short|.  \cname{sc@star@nothing}
+% gets reset by the first \cs\defcommand, so we save it in \cname{sc@t@c}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{sc@EExpand}{#1\In#2} {% args: object body
+  \let\sc@t@c\sc@star@nothing
+  \expandafter   \expandafter
+    \expandafter \defcommand
+    \expandafter \sc@t@c
+    \expandafter \sc@t@a
+    \expandafter {#1}%
+  \expandafter\defcommand\sc@t@c\sc@t@b [1] {#2}%
+  \expandafter\sc@t@b
+    \expandafter{\sc@t@a}%
+}
+\newcommand\eExecute {%
+  \sc@star@or@long\sc@eExecute
+}
+\newcommand\sc@eExecute [1] {% args: body
+  \l@ngrel@x\edef\sc@t@a {#1}%
+  \sc@t@a
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\E@car}
+% \begin{macro}{\E@cdr}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{E@cdr} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@cdr #1\@nil
+}
+\NewName{E@car} {#1\@nil} {%
+  \expandafter\@car #1\@nil
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Gobbling}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Gobble}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleM}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleO}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleMM}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleMO}
+% \begin{macro}{\GobbleOM}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@gobbleO}
+% \begin{macro}{\sc@gobbleOM}
+%   \textsf{M} for mandatory arg, i.e., one token.  \textsf{O} for optional arg,
+%   i.e., a square-brace pair.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\Gobble\@gobble
+\newlet\GobbleM\@gobble
+\newcommand\GobbleO {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\newlet\GobbleMM\@gobbletwo
+\newcommand\GobbleOM {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleOM
+    \Gobble
+}
+\newcommand\GobbleMO [1] {%
+  \@ifnextchar [
+      \sc@gobbleO
+    \relax
+}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleOM} {[#1]#2}
+  {}
+\NewName{sc@gobbleO} {[#1]}
+  {}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Option declaration}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareBooleanOptions}
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareBooleanUserOptions}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \newboolean{@#1@}%
+  \DeclareOption{#1} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@true}
+  }%
+  \DeclareOption{#2} {%
+    \@nameuse{@#1@false}
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\DeclareBooleanUserOptions [2] {% args: on off
+  \DeclareBooleanOptions{#1}{#2}%
+  \ReserveName{#1}%
+  \ReserveName{#2}%
+  \EElet \csname#1\endcsname\csname @#1@true\endcsname
+  \EElet \csname#2\endcsname\csname @#1@false\endcsname
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Toggle a boolean}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ToggleBoolean}
+%    \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ToggleBoolean [1] {% arg: boolean
+  \csname if#1\endcsname
+    \sc@global\csname #1false\endcsname
+  \else
+    \sc@global\csname #1true\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Debugging}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\VerboseErrors}
+% \begin{macro}{\GVerboseErrors}
+%   We do not use \cs\setcounter but rather set these counters locally.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\VerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \showboxbreadth #1%
+  \showboxdepth #1%
+}
+\newcommand*\GVerboseErrors [1][\@M] {% args: [number]
+  \global\c@errorcontextlines #1%
+  \global\showboxbreadth #1%
+  \global\showboxdepth #1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Debug}
+% \begin{macro}{\GDebug}
+% \begin{macro}{\md@maybe@global}
+%   Set \cs\debug to 0, 1, or~2.  ^^A remember \cs\showlists
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\md@maybe@global
+\newcommand*\Debug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\relax
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\GDebug {%
+  \let\md@maybe@global\global
+  \md@debug
+}
+\newcommand*\md@debug [1] {% args: debug-level
+  \ifnum #1 > 0%
+    \let\sc@t@a\@M
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DTypeout ##1{%
+      \typeout{##1}%
+    }%
+    \md@maybe@global\def\DGobbleM ##1{%
+      \typeout{DGobbleM: [##1]}%
+    }%
+    \ifnum #1 > 1%
+      \md@maybe@global\def\DDTypeout ##1{%
+        \typeout{##1}%
+      }%
+      \ifnum #1 > 2%
+        \md@maybe@global\def\DDDTypeout ##1{%
+          \typeout{##1}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@a\m@ne
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+    \md@maybe@global\let\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+  \fi
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingoutput#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingpages#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingmacros#1 %
+  \md@maybe@global\tracingcommands#1 %
+  \ifx\md@maybe@global\relax
+    \VerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \else
+    \GVerboseErrors[\sc@t@a]%
+    \typeout{++++ Global debugging [#1]\on@line}%
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DTypeout}
+% \begin{macro}{\DTypeout}
+% \begin{macro}{\DTypeout}
+% \begin{macro}{\DGobbleM}
+%   When the debugging parameter is not set, these commands gobble their
+%   argument.  \todo{Streamline dox about ``debugging parameter''; should be
+%   something checkable, no?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\DTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DDDTypeout\GobbleM
+\newlet\DGobbleM\GobbleM
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\FrankenError}
+% \begin{macro}{\FrankenWarning}
+% \begin{macro}{\FrankenInfo}
+%   \mbox{} 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\FrankenWarning [2] {% args: package warning
+  \GenericWarning  % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) WARNING: #2}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenError [3] {% args: package error-message help-text
+  \GenericError % args: continuation message where-help what-help
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) error: #2}
+    {See the documenation for the #1 package for more information.}
+    {#3}%
+}
+\newcommand\FrankenInfo [2] {% args: package info
+  \GenericInfo    % continuation message
+    {(#1)\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces\@spaces}
+    {Frankenstein (#1) says: #2}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..071ce7f85f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `newclude.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% newclude.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     newclude.sty or newclude.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called newclude.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     newclude.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+
+\def\fileinfo{A new system for including files (Frankenstein's backbone)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2}
+\def\filedate{1999/11/02}
+\def\docdate{1999/11/02}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{newclude}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+\InitCS\sc@t@a
+\DeclareOption{simple} {%
+  \input{simple.sto}
+  \let\sc@t@a\endinput
+}
+\DeclareOption{tag} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{tag.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareOption{allocate} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{allocate.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareBooleanOptions{dynamic}{static}
+\ExecuteOptions{tag}
+\ProcessOptions
+\sc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@c
+\newtokens\nc@toks@a
+\newcommand\DefaultIncludeSurround {%
+  \par
+}
+\newlet\IncludeSurround\DefaultIncludeSurround
+\newcounter{IncludeDepth} % starts at 0
+\newcommand\IfAllowed [1] {%
+  \@firstoftwo
+}
+\newcommand\includeall {%
+  \let\includeonly\Gobble
+}
+\defcommand\includeonly [1] {%
+  \@partswtrue
+  \edef\@partlist {\zap@space#1 \@empty}%
+  \@for\nc@t@a:=\@partlist \do {%
+    \InitName*{nc@part@\nc@t@a}%
+  }%
+  \defcommand\IfAllowed [1] {% args: part-name
+    \@ifundefined{nc@part@##1} {%
+        \let\nc@t@c\@secondoftwo
+      }{% ELSE
+      \let\nc@t@c\@firstoftwo
+    }%
+    \nc@t@c
+  }%
+}
+\def\include {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\nc@t@b\IncludeSurround
+      \nc@include
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\nc@t@b\clearpage
+    \nc@include
+  }%
+}
+\ReserveCS\DisableAll
+\newcommand\Disable [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\DisableAll{#1}%
+}
+\ReserveCS\nc@radical@shutdown
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown {%
+  \MonsterInfo{newclude}
+    {\protect\nc@radical@shutdown\space beginning}}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\%=14}    % 14 = comment
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\^=7}     % 7 = superscript
+\newcommand\nc@disable@char[1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown
+    {\catcode`#1=14}}  % 14 = comment
+\@tfor\sc@t@a:=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz%
+                ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ%
+                ~!@$&*()_+-=[]|/?.,<>%
+                1234567890%
+                `'";:%
+                \^\\\{\}\ % this is really the chars "^\{}" and space
+    \do {\expandafter\nc@disable@char\sc@t@a}
+\nc@disable@char\#
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\endinput}
+\newcommand\nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup {%
+  \aftergroup\nc@radical@shutdown
+}
+\newcommand\includedoc {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnv##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\includedocskip {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnvSkip##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\IncludeEnv [2] {% args: environment instance
+  \md@check@star
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%           ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@includeenv} {#1#2[#3]} {% args: environment instance [prehook]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%      ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@@includeenv} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \let\documentclass\GobbleOM
+    \let\usepackage\GobbleOM
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \include##1{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName {nc@@includeenvskip} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+    \long\def\documentclass ##1\begin{document}{%
+      \begingroup
+      \def\@currenvir{document}%
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  #1%
+}
+\newcommand\DeclareFormattingPackage [1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@formatting@packages{,#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\nc@formatting@packages {times,helvetic}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `newclude.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..759797767c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/newclude.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,959 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   newclude LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, newclude.tex
+%   and newclude.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{208}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   \package{Newclude} is a backwards-compatible reimplementation of the
+%   \LaTeX{} system for including files.  The princpal new features are: (1)
+%   the restriction that \cs\clearpage{}s must surround an included file is
+%   removed, (2) the restriction that \cs\include{}s cannot be nested is
+%   removed, and (3) the provision of hooks executed before and after the
+%   contents of an included file.  Newclude accomplishes the first two by using
+%   a single \ext{aux} file instead of many.
+%
+%   Still in development, but already useful in many situations, are new
+%   commands that include partial contents of independent \LaTeX{} files, which
+%   can also be processed on their own (that is, files that contain
+%   \cs\documentclass, |\begin{document}|, etc.).  \package{Newclude} absorbs
+%   and supersedes the former package \package{includex}.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \clearpage
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+%   \section{Introduction}
+%
+% Let us call a file that might be included into another document with a
+% command in the \cs\include family a \term{part}.  When a part is actually
+% included during a particular processing run, let us call it an \term{included
+% part}, and when it is not included, let us call it an \term{unincluded part}.
+% Notice that an unincluded part is \emph{not} the same as a file that was
+% never a candidate for inclusion with a command in the \cs\include family.
+%
+% The \package{newclude} package adds these features to the standard LaTeX{}
+% inclusion system:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%   \item\label{item:hooks} Hooks \cs\AtBeginInclude and \cs\AtEndInclude are provided.
+%   \item\label{item:hooks:opt} Optional arguments to \cs\include and friends
+%         override current values of \cs\AtBeginInclude and \cs\AtEndInclude.
+%   \item \cname{include*} is like \cs\include but with arbitrary commands
+%         rather than \cs\clearpage{}s surrounding the part.
+%   \item \cs\include and friends can be nested.
+%   \item \cs\includeall cancels the effect of \cs\includeonly.
+%   \item \cs\IfAllowed\meta{filename} is a new conditional that branches,
+%         depending on what has been declared in an \cs\includeonly.
+%   \item Commands \cs\includedoc etc.\ include a part that can be processed
+%         independently.  These features are in development.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \package{Newclude} accepts three mutually-exclusive package options, with
+% \option{tag} the default when no package option is given.
+%
+% Loading \package{newclude} with the \option{simple} option provides only
+% features \ref{item:hooks} and~\ref{item:hooks:opt}.  If you don't use either
+% of these new features, the standard \LaTeX{} and \package{newclude} inclusion
+% systems will behave identically except in some unusual and benign odd cases
+% relating the the parsing of the new optional arguments to \cs\include, which
+% are discussed below in that command's documentation.
+% 
+% The options \option{tag} and \option{allocate} each implement all the above
+% features with a different method.  Each method introduces different
+% discrepancies from standard \LaTeX{} which are discussed below in sections
+% \ref{opt:tag} and~\ref{opt:allocate}.  If I discover how to make one method
+% never inferior to the other, I will remove the other option from the package.
+%
+%   \section{Usage}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\include
+% \DescribeMacro\AtBeginInclude
+% \DescribeMacro\AtEndInclude
+%   \cs\include\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\oarg{posthook} behaves like
+%   standard \LaTeX{}'s \cs\include except that it can be nested and the
+%   contents of the two hook arguments, when they are given, are inserted at
+%   the beginning and end of the part whenever it is included, overriding the
+%   current values of \cs\AtBeginInclude and \cs\AtEndInclude.
+%
+%   \caveat{Right square braces (|]|s) in the optional arguments must be
+%   surrounded by curly braces to avoid confusing the argument parser.}
+%
+%   \caveat{A left square brace (|[|) that immediately follows an
+%   \cs\include command's mandatory \meta{filename} argument (after optional
+%   whitespace) will be considered to delimit the beginning of the
+%   \meta{posthook} argument.  If you want an actual left brace character in
+%   this position, you must precede it with something that will terminate
+%   \TeX's search for an optional argument, such as \cs\relax, |{}|, or a
+%   paragraph division (explicit or implicit).}
+%
+%   The commands \cs\AtBeginInclude\meta{tokens} and
+%   \cs\AtEndInclude\meta{tokens} are analagous to standard \LaTeX{}'s commands
+%   \cs\AtBeginDocument\meta{tokens} and \cs\AtEndDocument\meta{tokens}.
+%
+%   FIX: multiple instances concatenate?
+%
+%   FIX give name to what's held by atbegininclude so that an override can mention it
+%   
+%   When the optional argument \meta{prehook} is given to \cs\include, its
+%   contents will be used instead of whatever has been specified with
+%   \cs\AtBeginInclude, for that one inclusion.  Likewise, \meta{posthook} will
+%   be used in place of whatever has been specified with \cs\AtEndInclude for
+%   that one inclusion.  
+%
+%   For example, putting the \cs\chapter declaration in the \meta{prehook}
+%   argument allows the chapter name, and, optionally, a corresponding \LaTeX{}
+%   label, to be kept in the including file, rather than the included file:
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \include [\chapter{Whales}
+%           \label{ch:whales}]
+%          {big-cetecea}
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+%   The \meta{posthook} argument can be used, for example, to delimit or undo
+%   declarations made in the \meta{prehook} or the included file: FIX: better
+%   example, since these coudl simple appear before/after the \cs\include
+%   without ill effect.
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \include [\begingroup\larger] % this part in larger type
+%          {manifesto}
+%          [\endgroup]
+% \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\include*}
+% \DescribeMacro\IncludeSurround
+% \DescribeMacro\DefaultIncludeSurround
+%   \cname{include*}\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\oarg{posthook} is like
+%   \cs\include but omits the usual \cs\clearpage{}s that surround an included
+%   part, replacing them with \cs\IncludeSurround, which defaults to
+%   \cs\DefaultIncludeSurround.  The contents of \cs\IncludeSurround are
+%   inserted before the \meta{prehook} or whatever has been specified with
+%   \cs\AtBeginInclude, and after the \meta{posthook} or whatever has been
+%   specified with \cs\AtEndInclude.
+% 
+%   \caveat{A space gets inserted after an \cname{include*} unless it is
+%   suppressed by a |%| immediately following.  Combined with trailing spaces 
+%   in the included file, this may lead to unwanted spaces.  For this reason,
+%   \cs\DefaultIncludeSurround is initialized to \cname{par}.  When the user
+%   must explicitly change \cs\IncludeSurround to achieve totally smooth flow
+%   from main file to included file, they are more likely to consult this
+%   documentation if they spot a problem.  Package and class writers should
+%   take this difficulty into account when changing \cs\DefaultIncludeSurround.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includeonly
+%   The \cs\includeonly command is reimplemented, but its usage and behavior is
+%   the same as the standard \LaTeX{} version.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includeall
+%   The \cs\includeall command cancels the effect of any \cs\includeonly
+%   command presently in effect.  
+% 
+%   If you write an \cs\includeonly so that each file appears on its own line,
+%   it is particularly easy to add and remove files to include by commenting
+%   out their lines, but it becomes laborious to comment out the entire
+%   \cs\includeonly command.  It's easy, however, to uncomment a single
+%   \cs\includeall command when you want to process the entire document.  (Or
+%   \cs\includeall could be inserted from the command line that invokes
+%   \LaTeX{}, and so on.)
+% 
+%   \section{Experimental features}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includeenv
+%   \cs\includeenv\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\marg{environment name}%
+%                 \marg{instance}\oarg{posthook}
+%   \cs\includeenv*\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\marg{environment name}%
+%                 \marg{instance}\oarg{posthook}
+%
+%   \cs\includeenv includes the contents of a single \LaTeX{} environment that
+%   appears in \meta{filename}.  The environment is specified by giving its
+%   name (\meta{environment}) and an instance of that environment in the file
+%   (\meta{instance}).  Presently, \meta{instance} is ignored, so that it will
+%   always be the contents of the first occurrence in \meta{filename} of a
+%   \LaTeX{} environment with the name \meta{environment} that will be
+%   included.  In the future, the \meta{instance} argument may be used to
+%   specify the $n$th instance of the environment within the file, or further
+%   specify the environment to be extracted in some other way.
+%   
+% FIX: right now they're required; skip text up to documentclass OR the target, 
+% then branch?
+%
+% Good preamble syntactic sugar: |\let\TheMarkupDeclarations\begin|
+%
+% \todo{You can insert a \cs\usepackage into the main aux file and have it
+% loaded properly.  If we discover a \cs\usepackage that is not a formatting
+% package, one strategy is to insert a corresponding \cs\usepackage into the
+% (main) aux file and then bail after the preamble.}
+%
+% \todo{You can't skip verbatim text via macro argument processing and sugar.
+% this means that a major reimplementation of skipping using verbatim methods
+% will have to be done.}
+%
+%   The included file is permitted (but not required) to have its own
+%   \cs\documentclass command and \code{\begin{document}}\lips
+%   \cs{\end{document}} pair.  \cs\includeenv extracts the specified
+%   environment by processing the preamble if one exists, skipping text up
+%   until the beginning of the specified environment, processing the contents
+%   of the environment, and skipping the rest of the included part.
+%  
+%   Notice that while a \code{\begin{document}}\lips\code{\end{document}} pair
+%   may not technically delimit a \LaTeX{} environment, you may nevertheless
+%   (because it looks exactly like an environment) set \meta{environment} to
+%   |document| to extract the contents of the \env{document} ``environment'' of
+%   \meta{filename}.
+%
+%   Consider the following issues when you are tempted to use this
+%   command.  Maybe the \cs\usepackage you are about to disregard is necessary
+%   to processing the part's contents.  Maybe it conflicts with a package
+%   already loaded at top level.  Maybe both!  The same holds of course for the
+%   defining commands like \cs\newcommand that one expects to find in a
+%   package.
+%  
+%   A deep problem with the design of a \LaTeX{} source file exists with
+%   respect to the function of the preamble.  The preamble contains
+%   declarations that determine how the document below will be formatted.
+%   Unfortunately, there is no way to make the distinction between:
+%   \begin{enumerate}
+%     \item 
+%      declarations that signal that certain markup will appear in the document
+%      that are either not defined in the \LaTeX{} kernel or are used with a
+%      different syntax
+%     \item declarations that describe how a certain instance
+%      of the document should be formatted
+%   \end{enumerate}
+%   Examples in the first category are \code{\usepackage{url}} and \code{FIX
+%   example}, and examples in the second are \code{\usepackage{times}} and
+%   \code{FIX}.  When you want to include the document or a part of it in
+%   another document, it is absolutely necessary to make this distinction so
+%   that declarations in category (1) can be processed and declarations in
+%   category (2) can be ignored.  ^^A FIX: \cat{} is a compsci command?
+%
+%   Adopting a convention on the use of the preamble can overcome this design
+%   problem, but it will not fix the problem for legacy files whose preambles
+%   do not obey the convention.  Legacy files that contain category (1)
+%   declarations in their preambles must either be altered or specifically
+%   accommodated with additional commands.
+%
+%   The convention I suggest is to |\usepackage{preamble}|.  \cs\beginmarkup
+%   \cs\endmarkup. FIX.  Can we arrange to load 
+%
+%   When \cs\includeenv encounters a \cs\usepackage command in the included
+%   part, it looks at the packages in the argument of \cs\usepackage and issues
+%   a warning if the package is not already loaded and does not appear on a
+%   list of packages known whose use falls entirely within category (2).  (See
+%   the \cs\DeclareFormattingPackage command below.)
+%
+%   The \cs\documentclass command is of course also a category (1) declaration.
+%   Presently, if \cs\includeenv detects that the arguments to an included
+%   \cs\documentclass command differ from the arguments of the
+%   \cs\documentclass command of the including document, it will issue a
+%   warning, and continue.  In the future, I hope to make this behavior smarter
+%   by having \cs\includeenv take specific actions for specific combinations of
+%   arguments.  For example, if the included document's class implies the use
+%   of markup not defined in the parent's class, an appropriate action would be
+%   to define the missing markup commands.  A document of class \class{report}
+%   and a document of class \class{article}, on the other hand, do not (I don't
+%   think) declare different markup, so that there should be no warning in this
+%   case.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\includeenv*}
+%   \cname{includeenv*} is analogous to \cname{include*}, that is, it surrounds
+%   the included part with \cs\IncludeSurround rather than \cs\clearpage.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\includedoc
+% \DescribeMacro{\includedoc*}
+%   \cs\includedoc\oarg{prehook}\marg{file name}\oarg{posthook} is shorthand
+%   for
+%   \cs\includeenv\oarg{prehook}\marg{filename}\marg{|document|}\marg{}\oarg{posthook}.
+%
+%   \cname{includedoc*} is analogous to \cname{includeenv*}.
+%
+%   \section{Options}
+%
+%     \subsection{Simple}\label{opt:simple}
+%
+% If the \option{simple} option is given, the only new feature provided is the
+% hooks (features \ref{item:hooks} and~\ref{item:hooks:opt} above).  As
+% with standard \LaTeX{}, \cs\clearpage{}s surround an \cs\include and nesting
+% \cs\include{}s gives an error.  \package{Newclude} will only behave
+% differently than standard \LaTeX{}  command scans for
+% possible optional arguments will make a different.
+%
+
+%
+%     \subsection{Tag}\label{opt:tag}
+% The \option{tag} option causes \LaTeX{} to use just one \ext{aux} file.  
+% This option, which is the default, works well.  I am aware of the following
+% two differences from the kernel's including system:
+%
+% \begin{enumerate}
+%   \item 
+%    If the \LaTeX{} process is stopped during the processing of a part, all
+%    information normally stored in an \ext{aux} file from that point in the
+%    document forward is lost.  In the kernel's system, processing the document
+%    twice more would recover any \ext{aux} information previously generated for
+%    parts.
+%   
+%    If \LaTeX{} is always invoked in \cs\nonstopmode (e.g., by \auctex), then
+%    this difference is only going to occur when there are catastrophic errors
+%    that cause even \cs\nonstopmode to terminate processing.
+%   
+%  \item Other packages and classes that redefine kernel commands that write to
+%    \cname{@auxout} will cause problems.
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% The first difference must be accepted.  The second difference can be removed
+% on a case by case basis, by specifically coding compatibility with such
+% packages and classes.  I intend to do this.  Here is a list of such packages
+% and classes known to me:
+%
+% \begin{tabular}{l}
+%   \meta{none so far}
+% \end{tabular}
+% If you discover any more for this list, please write me!
+%
+% It's also very easy to revise the other package to be compatible with
+% \package{newclude} as it is now.  See section~\ref{adapt} below, which
+% includes a list of relevant kernel commands.
+%
+%     \subsection{Allocate}\label{opt:allocate}
+%
+% The second way (the \option{allocate} option) represents my first attempt at
+% a solution, and until I am sure it has no advantages over \option{tag} under
+% any circumstances, it will continue to be an option.
+%
+% The \option{allocate} option causes \LaTeX{} to dynamically allocate \TeX{}
+% output streams to each part as they are needed.  Streams are allocated when
+% processing of the part begins, and are reclaimed after the ejection of the
+% last page to which the part has contributed.  Like the old system, a separate
+% \ext{aux} file is created for each part.  The limitation of this
+% implementation is that \TeX{} only possesses 16 output streams.  Each of the
+% commands \cs\tableofcontents, \cs\listoffigures, \cs\listoftables,
+% \cs\makeglossary, and \cs\makeindex causes \LaTeX{} to use one output stream.
+% The remainder (minus any streams required by packages and classes) are
+% available for the including system.  If $n$ streams are available, the level
+% of nesting possible is $n - 1$ minus the maximum number of parts that occur
+% on the same page.  For example, if 10 streams are available and the parts
+% never appear on the same page (the old behavior required by the
+% \cs\clearpage{}s), then 8 levels of nesting are possible (which is 8, not 7
+% more than with the old system).  The maximum number of parts that may
+% contribute the to same page is calculated with the same equation.  Note:
+% \TeX's page-breaking algorithm looks ahead until it has more than enough
+% material to fill one page.  You must count all the new \ext{aux} files that
+% are opened during a look-ahead as contributing to the page in question, even
+% if some of the later ones do not actually contribute to the page after the
+% break is chosen.
+%
+% The \option{allocate} solution is itself implemented in two ways.  The system
+% either reserves a fixed number of output streams from the start, or will
+% dynamically claim and free them as needed.  The dynamic solution is the
+% default.  I do not see much use for the static solution at present.  If the
+% dynamic system claims streams that are later required, then it is simply a
+% question of whether \package{newclude} or the other feature is going to
+% signal an error about having no more streams to allocate.
+%
+%   \section{Programmers' interface}
+% 
+% \DescribeMacro\IfAllowed
+%   \cs\IfAllowed\marg{part name}\marg{true}\marg{false} executes \meta{true}
+%   if \meta{part-name} is on the list of files to be included and \meta{false}
+%   otherwise.  If there is no list, executes \meta{true}.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\IncludeName
+%   \cs\IncludeName expands to the name of the part currently being processed.
+%   In the toplevel source file, it will expand to \cs\jobname.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ParentName
+%   \cs\ParentName expands to the name of the part that includes the part
+%   currently being processed.  In the toplevel source file, expanding
+%   \cs\ParentName will generate a warning and expand to \cs\jobname (which is
+%   also what \cs\IncludeName expands to).
+%
+% FIX: root source file?  toplevel?  master? principle source?  glossary!
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\DeclareFormattingPackage
+%   \cs\DeclareFormattingPackage\marg{package name} declares \meta{package
+%   name} to be a package that only makes formatting declarations, that is, the
+%   effect of using it falls entirely within category (2).  If a formatting
+%   package occurs in a \cs\usepackage declaration in the preamble of a part
+%   included by \cs\includeenv, no warning will be given.  An example of a
+%   formatting package is the \package{times} package.  No facility is provided
+%   to distinguish the case when a package is used with or without certain
+%   package options, so do not declare a package as a formatting package unless
+%   it is so regardless of the options it is passed.
+%
+%   If you send me the names of formatting packages, I will include them in the
+%   next release of \package{newclude}.  Meanwhile, you may declare them in
+%   \file{newclude.cfg}.  Do the same for your local formatting packages if you
+%   wish.  It does no harm to declare a package as a formatting package more
+%   than once.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\ifSkipPreamble
+% \DescribeMacro\SkipPreambletrue
+% \DescribeMacro\SkipPreamblefalse
+%   
+% \DescribeMacro\Disable
+% \DescribeMacro\DisableAll
+%   \cs\Disable\marg{tokens} provides a way to ignore additional commands when
+%   using \cs\includeenv and friends.  If you want to cause the macro \cs\foo
+%   which takes no arguments to be entirely ignored in parts, issue the command
+%   \code{\Disable{\let\foo\relax}} any time before including the parts you
+%   want to affect.  If \cs\foo takes one mandatory argument, write
+%   \code{\let\foo\Gobble} instead.  If \cs\foo takes one optional and one
+%   mandatory, write \code{\let\foo\GobbleOM}.  And so on.  For other examples,
+%   see the gobbling commands in the \package{moredefs} package (which
+%   \package{newclude} requires), or write your own.
+%
+%   The arguments to \cs\Disable are accumulated and executed by the command
+%   \cs\DisableAll, which is executed inside a group that contains a part when
+%   it is included.
+%
+%   There is no way to undo the effect of issuing a \cs\Disable command.
+%
+%   \section{How to play nicely with \package{newclude}}\label{adapt}
+%
+% To adapt a package or class for use with the \option{tag} option of
+% \package{newclude}:
+% \begin{enumerate}
+% \item replace |\immediate\write\@auxout| with \cs{\@writeaux}
+% \item replace |\protected@write\@auxout| with \cs{\protected@writeaux}
+% \item add
+% \begin{codeexample}
+% \providecommand\@writeaux {%
+%   \immediate\write\@auxout
+% }
+% \providecommand\protected@writeaux {%
+%   \protected@write\@auxout
+% }
+% \end{codeexample}
+% \end{enumerate}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{A new system for including files (Frankenstein's backbone)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v2}
+\def\filedate{1999/11/02}
+\def\docdate{1999/11/02}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{newclude}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+%   \section{Review of the kernel's inclusion system}
+%
+% One \ext{aux} file is written to disk for the \term{principle source} and one
+% for each of the included \term{parts}.  The reason to have a separate ones
+% for the parts is so that information from the last time the part was included
+% is retained in subsequent runs even when the part is excluded by
+% \cs\includeonly.  Suppose a part is processed once, and on a subsequent run
+% its name is removed from the \cs\includeonly list.  This run will still read
+% in the part's \ext{aux} file, since the \ext{aux} file of any part that was
+% \cs\included during the last run is always read.  But the information therein
+% is not going to be regenerated in this run, since the part will not be
+% processed.  The main \ext{aux} file is created anew with each run, so this
+% information would be lost if it resided there.
+%
+% To handle writing these multiple \ext{aux} files, the kernel uses two of
+% \TeX's output streams.  When a routine writes to an auxiliary file, it writes
+% to \cname{@auxout}, which is \cs\let to either \cname{@mainaux}, the
+% \ext{aux} file for the principle source, or \cname{@partaux} the \ext{aux}
+% file for all the parts each in turn.
+%
+% When encountering an \cs\include command, but before deciding whether or not
+% to actually load the part, the kernel writes a command to \cname{@mainaux}
+% that will load the part's \ext{aux} file.  The main \ext{aux}
+% file is loaded by \cs\document, so that \emph{all} \ext{aux} files are read
+% in every time the principle source is processed.
+%
+% If a part is actually loaded, a \term{checkpoint} is written to the part's
+% \ext{aux} file consisting of a snapshot of the counters (a record of the
+% values of all \LaTeX{} counters).  On the next run, if the part is not
+% actually loaded, the information in its \ext{aux} file has nevertheless
+% already been processed by \cs\document.  Processing the checkpoint causes a
+% macro to be defined that when invoked restores the counter state.  When
+% \cs\include does not actually load a part it calls this checkpoint macro
+% instead to alter the present counter state.
+%
+% This system has pitfalls as well as benefits.  It is useful to keep the
+% bibliography, citations, cross references, and page numbers up to date in
+% certain situations, but the results can be confusing sometimes, because
+% checkpoints are not documented. (Perhaps this is remedied in the 2d edition
+% of the \LaTeX{} manual.)  How, besides reading the code, or finding out the
+% hard way, is anyone supposed to guess that rearranging two ``deactivated''
+% \cs\include statements in a principle source will bring havoc on the page
+% numbers?
+%
+%   \section{Discussion of \package{newclude}'s inclusion system}
+%
+% The simple removal of the \cs\clearpage{}s that surround an included part
+% would cause a problem involving the delayed action of \cs\write commands.
+% Suppose a part ending with a \cs\write command ends halfway down a page, and
+% another \cs\write occurs in the principle source immediately (or soon) after
+% the inclusion.  The first must be written to \cname{@partaux} and the second
+% to \cname{@mainaux}.  If we close \cname{@partaux} while the first \cs\write
+% is still pending, that is, before the current page has been shipped out, then
+% the \cs\write will be destined for a closed stream and therefore go to the
+% log file and terminal.  The \cs\clearpage{}s solve this by flushing all
+% pending \cs\writes.  Then we can close \cname{@partaux} immediately and
+% reopen \cname{@mainaux}.
+%
+% Successful removal of the \cs\clearpage{}s can be accomplished either by
+% having the entire document use just one auxiliary file, or by allocating
+% additional output streams so that it becomes possible to avoid closing
+% \cname{@partaux} until after the current page is shipped out when all the
+% \cs\write{}'s to it have been completed.
+%
+%   \section{Package initialization}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InitCS\sc@t@a
+\DeclareOption{simple} {%
+  \input{simple.sto}
+  \let\sc@t@a\endinput
+}
+%^^A\DeclareOption{group} {%
+%^^A  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{group.sto}}
+%^^A}
+\DeclareOption{tag} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{tag.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareOption{allocate} {%
+  \AtEndOfPackage {\input{allocate.sto}}
+}
+\DeclareBooleanOptions{dynamic}{static}
+\ExecuteOptions{tag}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the \option{simple} option has been given, end right here.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\sc@t@a
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% 
+%   \section{Simple}
+%
+% The above option processing causes the file \file{simple.sto} to be loaded
+% when the \option{simple} is given.  After it is loaded, processing stops.
+% When the \option{simple} option is not given, \package{newclude} package code
+% continues in section~\ref{sec:common}.
+%
+% \input{simple.sto}
+%
+%   \section{Common}\label{sec:common}
+%
+% The code in this section is common to the \option{tag} and \option{allocate}
+% options.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@t@a}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@t@b}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@t@c}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@toks@a}
+%     Scratch variables.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@a
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@b
+\ReserveCS\nc@t@c
+\newtokens\nc@toks@a
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IncludeSurround}
+% \begin{macro}{\DefaultIncludeSurround}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DefaultIncludeSurround {%
+  \par
+}
+\newlet\IncludeSurround\DefaultIncludeSurround
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\c@IncludeDepth}
+%   With nested \cs\include{}s, we need some way for the various ones to
+%   distinguish themselves, so we keep track of the nested depth with the
+%   |IncludeDepth| counter.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{IncludeDepth} % starts at 0
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfAllowed}
+% \begin{macro}{\includeonly}
+% \begin{macro}{\includeall}
+%  I think it's more efficient to define a macro for each included part on the
+%  list than it is to search through the list possibly twice for each one.
+%  Other opinions on making this whole thing more efficient?
+%  
+%  We are using the usual \LaTeX{} trick of undefined control sequences
+%  comparing equally with \cs\relax.  Empty control sequences are \emph{not}
+%  the same.  Should be followed by \meta{true clause} then \meta{false
+%  clause}.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IfAllowed [1] {%
+  \@firstoftwo
+}
+\newcommand\includeall {%
+  \let\includeonly\Gobble
+}
+\defcommand\includeonly [1] {%
+  \@partswtrue
+%  \DTypeout{INCLUDEONLY}%
+  \edef\@partlist {\zap@space#1 \@empty}%
+  \@for\nc@t@a:=\@partlist \do {%
+    \InitName*{nc@part@\nc@t@a}%
+  }%
+  \defcommand\IfAllowed [1] {% args: part-name
+    \@ifundefined{nc@part@##1} {%
+%        \DTypeout{##1 NOTALLOWED}%
+        \let\nc@t@c\@secondoftwo
+      }{% ELSE
+%      \DTypeout{##1 ALLOWED}%
+      \let\nc@t@c\@firstoftwo
+    }%
+    \nc@t@c
+  }%
+%  \DTypeout{ENDINCLUDEONLY}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\include}
+% \begin{macro}{\include*}
+%   This is the principle user command.  The scratch variable \cname{nc@t@b}
+%   contains what really surrounds the included file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\include {%
+  \@ifstar {%
+      \let\nc@t@b\IncludeSurround
+      \nc@include
+    }{% ELSE
+    \let\nc@t@b\clearpage
+    \nc@include
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%
+%   \section{Experimental common}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\Disable}
+% \begin{macro}{\DisableAll}
+% This allows the disabling hacks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\DisableAll
+\newcommand\Disable [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\DisableAll{#1}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% We start with considering how to quit inputting a file.  The idea is to make
+% the \code{\end{document}} command of the part call \cs\endinput.  But there
+% is a hitch that characters on the line after the \code{\end{document}} get
+% inserted when you don't want them to.  To beat that limitation, we have to do
+% some work.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@radical@shutdown}
+% We will add a bunch of commands to this macro, with the idea of \cs\catcode{}ing
+% everything and its brother to a comment.   This would be a brute force
+% method! 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\nc@radical@shutdown
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% First log a message that we're about to do some crazy things. In case
+% something goes wrong, this might help.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown {%
+  \MonsterInfo{newclude}
+    {\protect\nc@radical@shutdown\space beginning}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now we start adding \cs\catcode commands.  These first two should be
+% redundant; but just in case someone changed things\lips.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\%=14}    % 14 = comment
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\catcode`\^=7}     % 7 = superscript
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@disable@char}
+% Next, we define a command we weill use in a loop in a moment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@disable@char[1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown
+    {\catcode`#1=14}}  % 14 = comment
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The following list contains every keyboard char except these three, which are
+% treated specially: |%#|.  
+% The first is already a comment, and we handle the second in a moment.  Each
+% character in the following list is \cs\catcode{}d to a comment:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@tfor\sc@t@a:=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz%
+                ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ%
+                ~!@$&*()_+-=[]|/?.,<>%
+                1234567890%
+                `'";:%
+                \^\\\{\}\ % this is really the chars "^\{}" and space
+    \do {\expandafter\nc@disable@char\sc@t@a}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We add |#| separately, because it's tricky or impossible to put it into the
+% list we just used.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\nc@disable@char\#
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% We end the macro with \cs\endinput.  This has to come after all the previous,
+% otherwise, \TeX{} goes ahead and reads to the end of the line immediately,
+% with regular catcodes.  This is a good theory, I'm not sure it's necessary.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\addto@macro\nc@radical@shutdown{\endinput}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup}
+% We need to use \cname{nc@radical@shutdown} this way.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup {%
+  \aftergroup\nc@radical@shutdown
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\includedoc}
+% \begin{macro}{\includedoc*}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\includedoc {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnv##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\includedocskip}
+% \begin{macro}{\includedocskip*}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\includedocskip {%
+  \md@check@star
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \IncludeEnvSkip##1{document}{}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IncludeEnv}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@includeenv}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@@includeenv}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IncludeEnv [2] {% args: environment instance
+  \md@check@star
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%           ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@includeenv{#1}{#2}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@includeenv} {#1#2[#3]} {% args: environment instance [prehook]
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%      ^^A for Emacs: ]
+      \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@@includeenv {#1}{#2}{#3}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@@includeenv} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \let\documentclass\GobbleOM  
+    \let\usepackage\GobbleOM
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  \Expand \sc@star@nothing\In {%
+    \include##1{#2}%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName {nc@@includeenvskip} {#1#2#3[#4]} {% args: environment instance prehook [posthook]
+  \begingroup
+    \DisableAll
+    \expandafter\def\csname end#1\endcsname {%
+      \makeatletter
+      % POSTHOOK
+      \nc@radical@shutdown@aftergroup
+    }%
+    \expandafter\def\csname #1\endcsname {} % PREHOOK
+    \long\def\documentclass ##1\begin{document}{%
+      \begingroup
+      \def\@currenvir{document}%      
+    }
+  \endgroup
+  \par
+  #1%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%   \section{Tag}
+%
+% The code in this section is processed when the \option{tag} package option is
+% given (or, because the \option{tag} option is the default, when no package
+% options are given.)
+%
+% \input{tag.sto}
+%
+%   \section{Allocate}
+%
+% The code in this section is processed when the \option{allocate} package
+% option is given.
+%
+% \input{allocate.sto}
+%
+%   \section{Benign packages}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\DeclareFormattingPackage}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@formatting@packages}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\DeclareFormattingPackage [1] {%
+  \addto@macro\nc@formatting@packages{,#1}%
+}
+\newcommand\nc@formatting@packages {times,helvetic}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..80fbcabe9a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/simple.sto
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+% \AddToCheckSum{67}
+%
+% The \option{simple} option adds the optional argument to \cs\include, and
+% does nothing else.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\include}
+%   I'm not really sure why the \cs\relax is there; I'm imitating the kernel's
+%   command. 
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\include {%
+  \relax
+  \ifnum\@auxout=\@partaux
+    \@latex@error{\string\include\space cannot be nested}\@eha
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@include
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@include}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand\@include [2][] {%
+  \clearpage
+  \if@filesw
+    \immediate\write\@mainaux{\string\@input{#2.aux}}%
+  \fi
+  \@tempswatrue
+  \if@partsw
+    \@tempswafalse
+    \edef\reserved@b{#2}%
+    \@for\reserved@a:=\@partlist\do
+      {\ifx\reserved@a\reserved@b\@tempswatrue\fi}%
+  \fi
+  \if@tempswa
+    \let\@auxout\@partaux
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\openout\@partaux #2.aux
+      \immediate\write\@partaux{\relax}%
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% All we did was change |#1| to |#2| and add the next line.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    #1%
+    \@input@{#2.tex}%
+    \clearpage
+    \@writeckpt{#2}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \immediate\closeout\@partaux
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \@nameuse{cp@#2}%
+  \fi
+  \let\@auxout\@mainaux
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8c6cd087897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{slemph} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{slemph package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.0}
+\def\filedate{1996/01/24}
+\def\docdate{1996/01/24}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{12}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{slemph.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\em}
+% Slanted emphasis.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\em\slswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1d40812f5fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `slemph.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% slemph.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     slemph.sty or slemph.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called slemph.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     slemph.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{slanted emphasis (Frankenstein's gait)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{1999/02/25}
+\def\docdate{1999/02/25}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{slemph}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\newcommand\itswitch {}
+\newcommand\slswitch {}
+\newcommand\textitswitch {}
+\newcommand\textslswitch {}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\itswitch {%
+  \@nomath\itswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{it}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else
+    \itshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\slswitch {%
+  \@nomath\slswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{sl}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else
+    \slshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textitswitch\itswitch
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textslswitch\slswitch
+\InputIfFileExists{slemph.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `slemph.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f48c93cb761
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/slemph.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   slemph LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, slemph.tex
+%   and slemph.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{41}
+%
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \package{slemph} package defines the commands \cs\itswitch, \cs\slswitch,
+%   \cs\textitswitch, and \cs\textslswitch, which switch between slanted or
+%   italic type and upright type.  They can be used to represent emphasis with
+%   slanted type.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\itswitch
+%   \cs\itswitch calls \cs\itshape if the current font is not italic, and
+%   \cs\upshape if the current font is italic.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\slswitch
+%   \cs\slswitch calls \cs\slshape if the current font is not slanted, and
+%   \cs\upshape if the current font is slanted.  
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\textitswitch
+%   \cs\textitswitch\marg{text} sets its argument with \cs\itshape if the
+%   current font is not italic, or \cs\upshape if the current font is italic.
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\textslswitch
+%   \cs\textslswitch\marg{text} sets its argument with \cs\slshape if the
+%   current font is not slanted, or \cs\upshape if the current font is slanted.
+%
+% Regarding all four commands above, notice that the factory definition of
+% \cs\em would switch based on whether the current font was \emph{sloped},
+% which includes both slanted and italic type.  I think slanted and italic type
+% are different enough that you can leave, say, an italic word in the midst of
+% a slanted context and it will still communicate to the reader whatever italic
+% type signifies in an upright context.
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{slanted emphasis (Frankenstein's gait)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{1999/02/25}
+\def\docdate{1999/02/25}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{slemph}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{The switchers}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\itswitch}
+%  \begin{macro}{\textitswitch}
+%  \begin{macro}{\slswitch}
+%  \begin{macro}{\textslswitch}
+% Normally we would use the \cs\NewRobustCommand and \cs\NewTextFontCommand
+% commands from the \package{moredefs} package, but this package is so small we
+% might as well do that by hand and avoid dependence on that larger package,
+% for efficiency.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\itswitch {}
+\newcommand\slswitch {}
+\newcommand\textitswitch {}
+\newcommand\textslswitch {}
+
+\DeclareRobustCommand\itswitch {%
+  \@nomath\itswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{it}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else 
+    \itshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareRobustCommand\slswitch {%
+  \@nomath\slswitch
+  \def\reserved@a{sl}%
+  \ifx\f@shape\reserved@a
+    \upshape
+  \else
+    \slshape
+  \fi
+}
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textitswitch\itswitch
+\DeclareTextFontCommand\textslswitch\slswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% Load a configuration file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{slemph.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the distributed configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{slemph.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e8bfe0fa161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/tag.sto
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+% \AddToCheckSum{441}
+%
+% \subsection{Writing to \cname{@auxout}}
+%
+% \todo{
+%   Might I need to do \code{\let\protect\@unexpandable@protect} instead of
+%   \cs\noexpand, in the def of \cname{\protected@writeaux}?
+% }
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@writeaux@main}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@protected@writeaux@main}
+% The |main| versions are exactly the same as what they replaced.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@writeaux@main {%
+  \immediate\write\@auxout
+}
+\newcommand\nc@protected@writeaux@main {%
+  \protected@write\@auxout
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@writeaux@aux}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@protected@writeaux@aux}
+% When you remove the \cs\immediate, you have to expand whatever's in the
+% argument at the time you invoke \cs\write.  \cs\IncludeName and
+% \cname{@percentchar}, and other exandables in |#2| will get expanded now.
+% The \cname{@percentchar} and the |^^J|s are there because lines written to
+% \cname{@auxout} must be on lines by themselves to satisfy \BibTeX.  The
+% |^^J|s write newlines, and the \cname{@percentchar} eliminates a newline when
+% the \ext{aux} file is read in again later. Accommodating \BibTeX{} requires
+% special consideration several times below as well.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@writeaux@aux [1] {% args: write-text
+  \eExecute {%
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@auxtag{\IncludeName}{\@percentchar^^J#1^^J}}%
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\nc@protected@writeaux@aux [2] {% args: init-hook write-text
+  \protected@write\@auxout{#1}{\string\@auxtag{\IncludeName}{\@percentchar^^J#2^^J}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@writeaux}
+% \begin{macro}{\@protected@writeaux}
+% We start with the |main| versions.  We don't reserve the control sequences
+% \cname{@writeaux} and \cname{protected@writeaux} because the hack to adapt
+% other packages might have already defined it with \cs\providecommand.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\@writeaux\nc@writeaux@main
+\let\protected@writeaux\nc@protected@writeaux@main
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Kernel redefinitions}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@bibitem}
+% \begin{macro}{\@lbibitem}
+% \begin{macro}{\label}
+% \begin{macro}{\@citex}
+% \begin{macro}{\bibliography}
+% \begin{macro}{\nocite}
+% \begin{macro}{\addtocontents}
+% These are simple redefinitions of kernel functions.  The changes are the
+% substitutions for the writing commands described above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand*\@bibitem [1] {%
+  \item
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\bibcite{#1}{\the\value{\@listctr}}}%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\DefName*{@lbibitem} {[#1]#2} {%
+  \item[\@biblabel{#1}\hfill]%
+  \if@filesw
+    \begingroup
+      \let\protect\noexpand
+      \@writeaux{\string\bibcite{#2}{#1}}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces
+}
+\defcommand*\label [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \protected@writeaux{}{\string\newlabel{#1}{{\@currentlabel}{\thepage}}}%
+  \@esphack
+}
+\defcommand\addtocontents [2] {%
+  \protected@writeaux
+      {
+       \let\label\Gobble
+       \let\index\Gobble
+       \let\glossary\Gobble
+      }
+      {\string\@writefile{#1}{#2}}%
+}
+\DefName*{@citex} {[#1]#2} {%
+  \let\@citea\@empty
+  \@cite {%
+    \@for\@citeb:=#2\do {%
+      \@citea
+      \def\@citea{,\penalty\@m\ }%
+      \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+      \if@filesw
+        \@writeaux{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+      \fi
+      \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb} {%
+	  \mbox{\reset@font\bfseries ?}%
+	  \G@refundefinedtrue
+	  \@latex@warning
+	    {Citation `\@citeb' on page \thepage \space undefined}%
+	}{% ELSE
+        \hbox{\csname b@\@citeb\endcsname}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  }{#1}% second arg to \@cite
+}
+\defcommand*\bibliography [1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\bibdata{#1}}%
+  \fi
+  \@input@{\jobname.bbl}%
+}
+  \defcommand*\bibliographystyle [1] {%
+  \ifx\@begindocumenthook\@undefined\else
+    \expandafter\AtBeginDocument
+  \fi
+  {\if@filesw
+    \@writeaux{\string\bibstyle{#1}}%
+  \fi}%
+}
+\defcommand*\nocite [1] {%
+  \@bsphack
+  \@for\@citeb:=#1\do {%
+    \edef\@citeb{\expandafter\@firstofone\@citeb}%
+    \if@filesw
+      \@writeaux{\string\citation{\@citeb}}%
+    \fi
+    \@ifundefined{b@\@citeb} {%
+	\G@refundefinedtrue
+        \@latex@warning{Citation `\@citeb' undefined}%
+      }{}%
+    }%
+  \@esphack
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Checkpoints}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@writeckpt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@wckptelt}
+% The \cname{@charlb}, \cname{@charrb}, and \cname{@percentchar} stuff is to
+% satisfy \BibTeX{} (see above).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\defcommand*\@writeckpt [1] {%
+  \if@filesw
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@setckpt{#1}\@charlb\@percentchar}%
+    {\let\@elt\@wckptelt
+     \cl@@ckpt}%
+    \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+  \fi
+}
+\defcommand\@wckptelt [1] {%
+  \write\@auxout{\string\setcounter{#1}{\the\@nameuse{c@#1}}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Including}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IncludeName}
+% \begin{macro}{\ParentName}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@includename@<N>}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IncludeName {%
+  \@nameuse{nc@includename@\theIncludeDepth}%
+}
+\newcommand\ParentName {%
+  \ifnum\value{IncludeDepth}= 0
+    \jobname
+    \FrankenWarning{newclude}{Requested name of parent of principle source}%
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The incrementation of the \cs{IncludeDepth} counter is local to the group.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\c@IncludeDepth by \m@one
+      \@nameuse{nc@includename@\theIncludeDepth}%
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+\NewName {nc@includename@0} {} {\jobname}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@include}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@@include}
+%   \todo{dox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\nc@include [2][] {% args: hook filename
+  \@ifnextchar [ {%]
+      \nc@@include{#1}{#2}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \nc@@include{#1}{#2}[]%
+  }%
+}
+\NewName{nc@@include}{#1#2[#3]} {% args: prehook filename posthook
+  \IfAllowed{#2} {%
+      \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+      \stepcounter{IncludeDepth}%
+      \DefName*{nc@includename@\theIncludeDepth} {} {#2}%
+      \let\@writeaux\nc@writeaux@aux
+      \let\protected@writeaux\nc@protected@writeaux@aux
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Now execute the text of the optional argument to \cs\include.  
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      #1%
+      \@input@{#2.tex}%
+      #3%
+      \@writeckpt{#2}%
+      \let\@writeaux\nc@writeaux@main
+      \let\protected@writeaux\nc@protected@writeaux@main
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We mustn't restore the counter before we have finished using it.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \addtocounter{IncludeDepth}{\m@ne}%
+      \nc@t@b           % surround the \include with something
+     }{% ELSE
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% If the file is not allowed, we don't load it and do two things instead.  We
+% execute the part's checkpoint, then we write out the part's auxcommands and
+% checkpoint again.  We must handle the case when the auxcommands isn't
+% defined; but the checkpoint will always be defined.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \@ifundefined{cp@#2} {%
+%        \DTypeout{No information on part [#2]!}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \@nameuse{cp@#2}%
+      \if@filesw%
+        \nc@write@auxcommands{#2}%
+        \nc@write@ckpt{#2}%
+      \fi%                                                  if@filesw
+    }%                                                      if@undefined
+  }%                                                        IfAllowed
+}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@write@auxcommands}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@write@ckpt}
+% \todo{dox}
+% 
+% \cs\meaning produces catcode 12's for all chars except spaces which are 10.
+% Begin making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12| (other).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\^^M=12 %% double percents mean they're there only because of the catcode
+%%
+\Global\DefName*{nc@write@auxcommands} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \@ifundefined{nc@auxcommands@#1} {%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \write\@auxout{\string\@auxtag{#1}\@charlb\@percentchar}%
+    \EExpand*\csname nc@auxcommands@#1\endcsname\In {%
+      \edef\nc@t@a {%
+        \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning ##1%
+      }%
+    }%
+    \edef\nc@t@a {\expandafter\nc@strip@M\nc@t@a\@nil}%
+%    \DTypeout{The auxcommands: \meaning\nc@t@a}%
+    \begingroup %%
+      \catcode`\^^M=12 % other
+      \nc@for\nc@t@b:=\nc@t@a\do {%
+%	 \DTypeout{auxcommand ITEM: \meaning\nc@t@b}%
+	\EExpand\nc@t@b\In {%
+	  \write\@auxout{##1}%
+	}%
+      }%
+    \endgroup %%
+    \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+  }%
+}%%
+\Global\DefName*{nc@write@ckpt} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \write\@auxout{\string\@setckpt{#1}\@charlb\@percentchar}%
+  \EExpand*\csname cp@#1\endcsname\In {%
+    \edef\nc@t@a {%
+       \expandafter\strip@prefix\meaning ##1%
+     }%
+  }%
+  \edef\nc@t@a {\expandafter\nc@strip@M\nc@t@a\@nil}%
+  \begingroup %%
+    \catcode`\^^M=12 % other
+    \nc@for\nc@t@b:=\nc@t@a\do {%
+%      \DTypeout{checkpoint ITEM: \meaning\nc@t@b}%
+      \EExpand\nc@t@b\In {%
+	\write\@auxout{##1}%
+      }%
+    }%
+  \endgroup %%
+  \write\@auxout{\@charrb}%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@for}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@forloop}
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@iforloop}
+%   \cname{nc@for} is like the kernel's \cname{@for} but divides its list at
+%   |^^M|$_{12}$ instead of |,|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Global\NewName{nc@for} {#1:=#2\do#3} {% FIX (what?)
+  \expandafter   \def %%
+    \expandafter \@fortmp %%
+    \expandafter {#2}%
+  \ifx\@fortmp\@empty \else %%
+    \expandafter\nc@forloop#2^^M\@nil^^M\@nil\@@#1{#3}%
+  \fi %%
+}%%
+\Global\NewName{nc@forloop} {#1^^M#2^^M#3\@@#4#5} {%
+  \def#4{#1}%
+  \ifx #4\@nnil \else %%
+    #5%
+    \def#4{#2}%
+    \ifx #4\@nnil \else %%
+      #5%
+      \nc@iforloop #3\@@#4{#5}%
+    \fi %%
+  \fi %%
+}%%
+\Global\NewName{nc@iforloop} {#1^^M#2\@@#3#4} {%
+  \def#3{#1}%
+  \ifx #3\@nnil %%
+    \expandafter\@fornoop %%
+  \else %%
+    #4%
+    \relax %%
+    \expandafter\nc@iforloop %%
+  \fi %%
+  #2\@@#3{#4}%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nc@strip@M}
+%   This strips a final |^^M|$_{12}$ from its argument. \todo{I think this could be
+%   built in to \cname{nc@for}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Global\NewName{nc@strip@M} {#1^^M\@nil} {#1}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@auxtag}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@auxtag}
+%   We both execute and save.  \todo{efficiency? check only once, then redefine
+%   auxtag?} \todo{dox}.
+%
+% I could use |\EExpand\In| for clarity, but I go for efficiency on this
+% crucial macro.
+%
+% Begin making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12| (other).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\begingroup
+\catcode`\^^M\active %% double percents mean they're there only because of the catcode
+%%
+\Global\NewName*{@auxtag} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \begingroup %%
+    \catcode`\^^M\active %%
+    \@@auxtag{#1}%
+}%%
+\Global\NewName*{@@auxtag} {#1#2} {% args: partname auxcommands
+    \@ifundefined {nc@auxcommands@#1} {%
+	\nc@toks@a={#2}%
+      }{% ELSE
+      \expandafter   \nc@toks@a %%
+	\expandafter \expandafter %%
+	\expandafter {\csname nc@auxcommands@#1\endcsname#2}%
+    }%
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname nc@auxcommands@#1\endcsname{\the\nc@toks@a}%
+    #2%
+  \endgroup %%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\@setckpt}
+% \begin{macro}{\@@setckpt}
+% \todo{dox}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\Global\DefName*{@setckpt} {#1} {% args: partname
+  \begingroup %%
+    \catcode`\^^M\active %%
+    \@@setckpt{#1}%
+}%%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Finish making definitions with |\catcode`\^^M=12|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\endgroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs\endgroup terminates the change in catcode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\@@setckpt [2] {% args: partname checkpoint
+    \expandafter\gdef\csname cp@#1\endcsname{#2}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% What this does is effectively remove all the tags.  The end of document hook
+% is processed before the closing processing of the \ext{aux} files, during
+% which checking for things like undefined references is done.    At this point
+% we do not need the tags.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\AtEndDocument {%
+  \let\@auxtag\@secondoftwo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..27b3a5c16d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.cfg
@@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
+% \iffalse
+%%
+% Even if you don't want any code in this file, leave the empty file, or else
+% loading the \package{titles} package will consume extra time as it searches
+% for this file.
+%%
+% \fi
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{titles package configuration}
+\def\fileversion{v1.4}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \AddToCheckSum{24}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ProvidesFile{titles.cfg}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{User Customization}
+%
+% Put your own alterations and additions here.  For example.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \let\word\textslswitch
+  \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
+  \newlet\film\textitswitch
+  \newlet\essaytitle\Wrapquotes
+  \newlet\chaptertitle\Wrapquotes
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \part{Testing}
+%
+% \begingroup
+% \setlength\parindent{0pt}
+% \raggedright
+%
+%   \subsection{Question and exclamation marks}
+%
+% \newcommand\TestQE [1] {%
+%   Test string: [#1]\qquad Result: 
+%   \IfQuestionOrExclamation{#1}
+%       {Question or Exclamation}
+%     {Declarative}
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title??%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title! Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title? Title!%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title! Title?%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title?? Title%
+% }
+%
+% \TestQE{%
+% Title!! Title%
+% }
+%
+%   \subsection{Plain}
+%
+% \book{Book Title}.  Test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title}, test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title}; test.
+%
+% \book{Book Title} test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}.  Test.
+%
+% ``Play Title.''  Test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title}, test.
+%
+% ``Play Title,'' test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title};  test.
+%
+% ``Play Title'';  test.
+%
+% \play{Play Title} test.
+%
+% ``Play Title'' test.
+%
+% \play{title}~tie
+%
+% ``title''~tie
+%
+% \play{title}\ explicit space
+%
+% ``title''\ explicit space
+%
+% \play{title}\space \cs\space
+%
+% ``title''\space \cs\space
+%
+% \play{title}/slash
+%
+% ``title''/slash
+%
+% \play{title}\/ italcorr
+%
+% ``title''\/ italcorr
+%
+% \newpage {\makeatletter
+%
+% \play{title}\@xobeysp xobey
+%
+% }
+%
+% {\makeatletter
+%
+% ``title''\@xobeysp xobey
+%
+% }
+%   \subsection{Nested beginnings}
+%
+%%
+%
+% \book{\book{Book Title} begins first book title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\book{Book Title}, begins first book title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\book{Book Title}. begins first book title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\book{Book Title}; begins first book title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%
+% \book{\play{Play Title} begins first book title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\play{Play Title}, begins first book title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\play{Play Title}. begins first book title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \book{\play{Play Title}; begins first book title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%
+% \play{\book{Book Title} begins first play title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\book{Book Title}, begins first play title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\book{Book Title}. begins first play title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\book{Book Title}; begins first play title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%
+% \play{\play{Play Title} begins first play title} and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\play{Play Title}, begins first play title}, and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\play{Play Title}. begins first play title}. and
+% outside.
+% 
+% \play{\play{Play Title}; begins first play title}; and
+% outside.
+% 
+%%
+%   \subsection{Nested endings}
+%
+%  There are too many cases I think to test them all.  I'm testing to
+%  three levels of nesting.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \book{Book Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \play{Play Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \play{Play Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}} and ending first one} and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}, and ending first one}, and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}. and ending first one}. and outside.
+%
+%  This is a \play{Play Title including \book{Book Title including
+%  \book{Book Title}}; and ending first one}; and outside.
+%
+%%
+%
+%   \subsection{double and single nosuck}
+% \newcommand\note [1] {%
+%   \medskip{\bfseries #1:}%
+% }
+% 
+% \note{OS=open-single\quad OD=open-double\quad CS=close-single\quad
+%   CD=close-double
+% 
+% The following pairs of lines in medium weight roman should look identical.
+% 
+% The line in typewriter font is the source text.
+% 
+% The following line in medium weight roman is what that source produces.
+% 
+% The third line is what the second line \emph{ought} to produce}
+% 
+% |The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.|
+% 
+% The word \WrapquotesDN{quoted} is quoted.
+% 
+% The word ``quoted'' is quoted.
+% 
+% \medskip
+% |The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.|
+% 
+% The word \WrapquotesSN{scare} is in scare quotes.
+% 
+% The word `scare' is in scare quotes.
+% 
+% \note{Nesting with no abuttment}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesDN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
+% 
+% ``The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the lazy dogs.''
+% 
+% \medskip
+% |\WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{The \WrapquotesSN{quick} brown fox \WrapquotesDN{jumped} over the lazy dogs.}
+% 
+% `The `quick' brown fox ``jumped'' over the laxy dogs.'
+% 
+% \note{OS+OS, CD+CS}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesSN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesDN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% `\,`The quick brown fox jumped over the ``lazy dogs.''\,'
+% 
+% \note{OS+OD, CD+CS}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
+% 
+% \note{OD+OD, CS+CD}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesDN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% ``\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,''
+% 
+% \note{OS+OD, CS+CS}
+% 
+% |\WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}|
+% 
+% \WrapquotesSN{\WrapquotesDN{The quick} brown fox jumped over the \WrapquotesSN{lazy dogs.}}
+% 
+% `\,``The quick'' brown fox jumped over the `lazy dogs.'\,'
+% 
+% \endgroup
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c540e9a5348
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.stq
@@ -0,0 +1,432 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `titles.stq',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% titles.sty 
+%% 
+%%     This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.
+%% 
+%%     Copyright (C) 1995-2001 Matthew Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>
+%% 
+%%     This file may have one of TWO names, either
+%%     titles.sty or titles.stq.  This
+%%     LaTeX package will work ONLY if it is called titles.sty
+%%     and placed in a proper directory.  This file should have been
+%%     distributed to you with a DIFFERENT file (also) called
+%%     titles.sty which functions identically to this one
+%%     but contains documentation in comments.  This file works faster,
+%%     but the other should be kept because it contains the documentation
+%%     for this LaTeX package. Files called README and INSTALL should have
+%%     also been distributed to you with this file; see them for more
+%%     information.
+%% 
+%%     This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%%     modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%%     License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%%     The latest version of this license is in
+%%     http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%%     part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%% 
+%%     This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%%     but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+%%     MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+%%     LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%% 
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+\def\fileinfo{title macros (Frankenstein's references)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{titles}[\PPOptArg]
+%%
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+\ReserveCS\ti@domelater
+\DeclareOption{british} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNN
+    \@doublequotes@false
+  }
+}
+\DeclareOption{american} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNS
+    \@doublequotes@true
+  }
+}
+\ExecuteOptions{american}
+\ProcessOptions
+\newcommand\IfQuestionOrExclamation [1] {%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \ti@checkfor@q #1?\@nil
+  \ti@checkfor@e #1!\@nil
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+\newboolean{@ti@sw@}
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev@prev
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@q} {#1?#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b{?}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@e} {#1!#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%
+  \def\sc@t@b{!}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@suck [1] {%
+  \IfQuestionOrExclamation {#1} {%
+      \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+    \begingroup
+      \if@doublequotes@
+        \@doublequotes@false
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@suck}%
+      \else
+        \@doublequotes@true
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@suck}%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    \endgroup
+    }%
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@nosuck [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \if@doublequotes@
+      \@doublequotes@false
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck}%
+    \else
+      \@doublequotes@true
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck}%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newboolean{@doublequotes@}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNS {%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIS {%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNN {%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIN {%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSN [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesDN [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSK [1] {% FIX: test
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck\@%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\ReserveCS\Wrapquotes
+\ti@domelater
+\newcommand\ti@open@double {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@open@single {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@openquote {%
+  \futurelet\sc@t@a\ti@@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@@openquote {%
+  \sc@t@f
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNS
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIS
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesDN
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSK
+    \,%
+  \else
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+\newboolean{@look@nosuck@}
+\@look@nosuck@false
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@nosuck {%
+  \@look@nosuck@true
+%% FIX
+  \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+      \sc@t@f
+    }{% ELSE
+      \sc@t@f\space
+  }%
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@suck {%
+  \@look@nosuck@false
+  \ti@q@ifnextcharin {.,} {%
+      \sc@t@c\sc@t@f\DGobbleM % This gobbles the original punctuation.
+    }{% ELSE
+    \@look@nosuck@true
+    \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+        \sc@t@f
+      }{% ELSE
+      \sc@t@f\space
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%% FIX
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnextcharin [3] {% args: charlist true false
+  \gdef\sc@t@e {#1}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@a {#2}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@b {#3}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@check {%
+  \futurelet\sc@t@c\ti@q@ifnch
+}
+%%    \verb*|\ |
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnch {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\ifvmode
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@ifvmode
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@@ifnch
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@@ifnch {%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\check@icr
+    \defcommand\sc@t@d [1] {%
+      ##1\aftergroup\ti@q@check
+    }%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\endgroup
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\@sptoken
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@space
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\egroup
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@suck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@suck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@nosuck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@nosuck
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck
+  \else
+              \@tempswafalse
+              \expandafter   \@tfor
+                \expandafter \sc@t@g
+                \expandafter :%
+                \expandafter =%
+                             \sc@t@e
+                             \do {%
+                  \expandafter\ifx\sc@t@g\sc@t@c
+                  \@tempswatrue
+                  \@break@tfor
+                \else
+                \fi
+              }%
+              \if@tempswa
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause
+              \else
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause
+              \fi
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@handle@ifvmode {%
+  \FrankenInfo{titles}
+    {Handling an \string\ifvmode\space following a title.\MessageBreak
+     If you now get an error that \string\sc@t@d\space does not\MessageBreak
+     match its definition, this \string\ifvmode\space is\MessageBreak
+     unexpected}%
+  \DefName{sc@t@d} {\ifvmode\else\check@icr\fi} {%
+    \ifvmode
+    \else
+      \check@icr
+    \fi
+    \aftergroup\ti@q@check
+  }%
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\ReserveCS\ti@q@handle@space
+\let\sc@t@a\:
+\def\:{\ti@q@handle@space} \expandafter\def\: {\ti@q@check}
+\let\:\sc@t@a
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@suck [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@suck [1] {%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck [1] {%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck [1] {%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newlet\word\textitswitch
+\newlet\foreign\textitswitch
+\newcommand\foreignword [1] {%
+  \phrase{\word{#1}}%
+}
+
+\newcommand\phrase [1] {%
+  \textquoteleft #1\textquoteright\@%
+}
+\newlet\term\textitswitch
+\newlet\defn\textslswitch
+\newlet\book\textitswitch
+\newlet\journal\textitswitch
+\newlet\music\textitswitch
+\newlet\article\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\storytitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\poemtitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\play\textitswitch % \manualref{7.145}
+\newlet\craft\textitswitch
+\newlet\species\textitswitch
+\InputIfFileExists{titles.cfg}{}{}
+\endinput
+%%
+%% End of file `titles.stq'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c2d58e469d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/frankenstein/titles.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,1312 @@
+%^^A* legal notices
+% \iffalse
+%
+%   This program is part of the Frankenstein bundle for LaTeX.  
+%
+%   Copyright 1995-2001 Matt Swift <swift@alum.mit.edu>.
+%
+%   This file contains both the code and documentation for the
+%   titles LaTeX package.  It will work ONLY if it is placed in a
+%   proper directory.  Files called README, INSTALL, titles.tex
+%   and titles.ins should have also been distributed to you
+%   with this file.  See them for more information on how to typeset
+%   the documentation with LaTeX and how to generate a version of this
+%   file that will work faster than this one.
+%
+%   This program is free software; you may redistribute it and/or
+%   modify it under the conditions of the LaTeX Project Public
+%   License, either version 1.2 or (at your option) any later version.
+%   The latest version of this license is in
+%   http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt, and version 1.2 or later is
+%   part of all distributions of LaTeX version 1999/12/01 or later.
+%
+%   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+%   but without any warranty; without even the implied warranty of
+%   merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.  See the
+%   LaTeX Project Public License for more details.
+%
+% \fi  
+%
+%^^A* checks
+%
+%^^A NOTE:  The character table, with two %'s, will get written to all files.
+%% \CharacterTable
+%%  {Upper-case    \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z
+%%   Lower-case    \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z
+%%   Digits        \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9
+%%   Exclamation   \!     Double quote  \"     Hash (number) \#
+%%   Dollar        \$     Percent       \%     Ampersand     \&
+%%   Acute accent  \'     Left paren    \(     Right paren   \)
+%%   Asterisk      \*     Plus          \+     Comma         \,
+%%   Minus         \-     Point         \.     Solidus       \/
+%%   Colon         \:     Semicolon     \;     Less than     \<
+%%   Equals        \=     Greater than  \>     Question mark \?
+%%   Commercial at \@     Left bracket  \[     Backslash     \\
+%%   Right bracket \]     Circumflex    \^     Underscore    \_
+%%   Grave accent  \`     Left brace    \{     Vertical bar  \|
+%%   Right brace   \}     Tilde         \~}
+%
+% \CheckSum{783}
+%
+%^^A** abstract
+% \begin{abstract}
+%   The \package{titles} package defines macros that typeset the titles of
+%   books, journals, etc. and handle following spacing and punctuation
+%   intelligently, based on context.  These are useful for bibliographic
+%   databases, for example.  Also defined is other markup like \cs\word,
+%   \cs\defn, \cs\phrase, etc.
+% \end{abstract}
+% \tableofcontents
+%
+% \part{Discussion}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+%
+% There are two package options, \option{british} and \option{american}, the default
+% is \option{american}.  They select the conventional way to use quotation marks:
+% British style is use single quotes, and do not suck following period or comma
+% inside; American style is to use double quotes and to suck following period
+% or comma inside.
+%
+% \section{Words and phrases}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\word
+%   Typeset a word or phrase referred to as a noun with \cs\word\marg{word}.
+%   The argument is not expected to contain punctuation.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     \word{Elephant} is such a silly word.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\phrase
+%   Typeset a phrase used as a noun rather than direct quotation with
+%   \cs\phrase\marg{phrase}.  The argument might well have punctuation,
+%   including final punctuation, which should not be considered to be
+%   punctuation of the containing sentence.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     The sentence \phrase{And stop calling me Shirley!} occurs
+%     twenty-seven times.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\foreign}
+%   Typeset a foreign word or phrase with \cs\foreign\marg{foreign text}.
+%   
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     I couldn't think of the \foreign{mot juste} at the time.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\foreignword}
+%   Typeset a foreign word or phrase referred to as a noun with
+%   \cs\foreignword\marg{foreign word}.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     Only later did I realize that the right word was
+%     \foreignword{bouffon}.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+%   \caveat {Notice that writing \code{\foreign{\word{text}}} or vice versa is
+%   not necessarily going to do the right thing.  Suppose \cs\foreign and
+%   \cs\word were both set to \cs\textitswitch (which are in fact the default
+%   settings below).  Then \code{\foreign{\word{text}}} is going to cancel out
+%   and look just like the surrounding text.  This is not the most intuitive
+%   fact, but it's not worth it to try to make \cs\foreign and \cs\word smart
+%   enough to see each other inside themselves.}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\term}
+%    \cs\term\marg{technical term} typesets a techincal term in a different
+%    font.  You might want to use this where a techincal term is first used, or
+%    defined.  One could enhance this macro and \cs\defn to help build an
+%    automatic glossary
+%
+%    \begin{bothexample}
+%      This sort of thing is called a \term{blibnil}.
+%    \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro{\defn}
+%   \cs\defn\marg{definition} typesets a definition, perhaps of a technical
+%   term.  One could enhance this macro and \cs\defn to help build an automatic
+%   glossary
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     We may describe a \term{blibnil} as \defn{a slibnil with
+%     three arms}.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \section{Titles}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\book
+%   \cs\book\marg{book title} typesets a book title.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     Some people find \book{Moby-Dick} dull, but I thought
+%     it was exciting.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\journal
+%   \cs\journal\marg{journal title} typesets a journal title.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     I liked it so much I started a scholarly journal called
+%     \journal{The Melville Times} with the inheritance from
+%     my grandmother.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\music
+%   \cs\music\marg{music title} typesets a music title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     My journal didn't do very well; I moped around my office
+%     and listened to Schubert's \music{Winterreise}.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\article
+%   \cs\article\marg{article title} typesets a article title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     Then one day I received an article, \article{Pip and
+%     the Milk of Human Kindness}, by express mail from Wales.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\poemtitle
+%   \cs\poemtitle\marg{poem title} typesets a poem title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     I then wrote my famous poem \poemtitle{Jump for Joy like
+%     the Butterflies of Troy} in five minutes.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%
+%   Sometimes longer poems are distinguished from shorter ones in type when
+%   they have been published separately as a book [FIX give reference].  This
+%   package defines a macro \cs\longpoem in the configuration file in the
+%   following way:
+%   \begin{codeexample}
+%     \newlet\longpoem\textitswitch
+%   \end{codeexample}
+%
+% \DescribeMacro\play
+%   \cs\play\marg{play title} typesets a play title.  
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     To celebrate the popularity of the article, I took the
+%     author to the theater to see the acclaimed play
+%     \play{Grave in Waterloo}, starring Vincent Price.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%  
+% \DescribeMacro\craft
+%   \cs\craft\marg{craft title} typesets a title of a craft or ship.
+%
+%   \begin{bothexample}
+%     With tears in my heart, I put the author on the \craft{HMS Shangrila}
+%     bound for Wales.
+%   \end{bothexample}
+%  
+% \DescribeMacro\species
+%   \cs\species\marg{[ genus ] species [ subspecies ]} typesets the Latin
+%   generic and/or specific names for an organism.
+%
+%   \begin{lesson}
+%     \manual specifies italic type.  Genus names should be capitalized, and
+%     may be abbreviated on subsequent appearances with the initial letter.
+%     Following designations should be in roman.  E.g., ``var.''\ for
+%     ``variant'' following species name and ``sp.''\ for ``species'' following
+%     genus name, meaning ``any species in the genus.''  \attrib{7.102--4}
+%
+%     Higher groupings should be in capitalized roman.  English derivatives of
+%     scientific names, e.g., amoeba, are lowercased.  \attrib{7.105--6}
+%                                                      
+%     \todo{\package{abbrevs}
+%     category for genus/species and/or datemark for suffixes}
+%   \end{lesson}
+%
+% \begin{warning}
+%   Right now there is a small discrepancy between the behavior of
+%   \cs\textitswitch and \cs\Wrapquotes regarding what happens when followed by
+%   a command sequence such as \cs\footnote.  I hope to make these things
+%   completely parallel one day, but for now, realize that after using a
+%   titling macro that uses \cs\Wrapquotes, you must use |{}| before any
+%   following command sequence that you want to immediately follow the title
+%   with no intervening space.  The only case I can think of is \cs\footnote.
+%   If you forget the |{}|, you will have an extra space after the title and before the
+%   footnotemark.  The following example illustrates this behavior and
+%   contrasts it with \cs\textitswitch:
+% \begin{bothexample}
+%   \newabbrev\foo{Foo}
+%   
+%   \book{Foo}\foo
+%   
+%   \book{Foo} \foo
+%   
+%   \book{Foo}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \book{Foo}{}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}\foo
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo} \foo
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}{}\footnote{footie}
+%
+%   \poemtitle{Foo}.\footnote{footie}
+% \end{bothexample}
+% \end{warning}
+%
+% \section{Programmer's interface}
+%
+%  \DescribeMacro\Wrapquotes
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesNS
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesIS
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesNN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesIN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesSN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesDN
+%  \DescribeMacro\WrapquotesSK
+%    \cs\Wrapquotes\marg{text} wraps \meta{text} in quotes.  Single quotes are
+%    used initially if the \option{singlequotes} option is given to the
+%    package, and double quotes if no option or the \option{doublequotes}
+%    option is given to the package.  
+%     
+%    When quotation marks inserted by \cs\Wrapquotes and friends are doubled up
+%    (this occurs sometimes when nesting them), a thinspace (|\,|) is inserted
+%    between the abutted quotes.
+%
+%    \cs\Wrapquotes will be \cs\let to one of the six macros
+%    \cs\Wrapquotes\meta{XY}. 
+%
+%    In the two-letter suffix \meta{XY}, first letter |N| means ``normal'' and
+%    |I| means ``inverse.''  These are macros that switch between single and
+%    double quotes when they nest: an inverse wrapquotes wraps with single
+%    quotes when a normal wrapquotes would wrap with double quotes, and vice
+%    versa.  First letter |S| for ``single'' and |D| for ``double'' are for
+%    macros that always wrap with single or double quotes.  Spacing and
+%    punctuation following the closing quotes are handled intelligently by
+%    macros with second letter |S|, which means means suck a following period
+%    or comma into the closing quote, that is, if what follows is a comma or
+%    period, it is pulled inside the quotes (following American practice).
+%    Second letter |N| means ``nosuck,'' that is, don't suck.  Second letter
+%    |K| means ``kill'': the same as |N| but suppress the effect of any
+%    punctuation in the quoted argument on spacing that follows the closing
+%    quotes (i.e., execute \cs\@, which sets the spacefactor to~1000).  This is
+%    only useful in certain technical writing where punctuation in the quoted
+%    argument should not be considered puncutation of the containing sentence.
+%
+%    A space is inserted after the closing quotes unless what follows is in the
+%    set |;?:!-)]'\textquoteright{|, in which case no space is inserted.^^A for Emacs: }
+%  FIX: that would be |\nospacelist|
+%
+%  \DescribeMacro\IfQuestionOrExclamation
+%    \cs\IfQuestionOrExclamation\marg{text}\marg{true}\marg{false} 
+%    executes \meta{true} clause iff \meta{text} ends with a question mark or
+%    an exclamation point; executes \meta{false} clause otherwise.
+%
+%   \subsection{Limitations of Wrapquotes and friends}
+%    ^^A FIX: hmm, can't use \cs or \protect\cs
+%      \subsubsection{Nesting}
+%     \begin{warning}
+%       For proper nesting of \cs\Wrapquotes and friends, user commands must be
+%       \cs\let to \cs\Wrapquotes or one of the six \cs\Wrapquotes\meta{XY}
+%       commands instead of using a \cs\def-like defining command.  It's OK to
+%       \cs\let % a user macro to something like \cs\Wrapquotes which itself
+%       has been % \cs\let to one of the six \cs\Wrapquotes\meta{XY} macros.
+%
+%       The user command which is \cs\let to one of the \cs\Wrapquotes commands
+%       must furthermore appear in the source.  That is, it must not appear as
+%       the result of an expansion.  Among other things, this means that
+%       nesting won't work properly if you put \cs\Wrapquotes into an abbrev
+%       (see the \package{abbrevs} package in the \Frankenstein bundle).
+%
+%       For applications where nesting will not occur, there should be nothing
+%       to worry about.
+%    \end{warning}
+%
+%      \subsubsection{Italic corrections}
+%
+%      \begin{warning}
+%        The question of when to insert an italic correction is not nearly as
+%        simple as it might seem.  I cannot figure good rules which cover all
+%        cases, and I do not trust the behavior of the kernel's macros as a
+%        guide.  So I can not tell you whether this package handles italic
+%        corrections properly.  If you discover behavior which you think is
+%        wrong, please let me know with an example and an argument.
+%      \end{warning}
+%
+%      \subsubsection{A slight bug}
+%      \begin{warning}
+%        Right now there is a small bug in cases where closing quotes fall at
+%        the end of italic text, such as
+%        \begin{bothexample}
+%          \normalfont
+%          \book{My love of \poemtitle{Daffodils}}, by H.~Moneysworth.
+%        \end{bothexample}
+%        These cases loose because the closing quotation marks and any
+%        sucked-in punctuation are going to be in roman, not italic, or italic,
+%        not roman.  Only the more obsessive will notice this flaw.  I'm sure I
+%        will come up with a way to handle this for a future version of this
+%        package.
+%      \end{warning}
+%
+% \StopEventually{}
+%
+% \part{Implementation}
+%
+% \section{Version control}
+%
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileinfo}
+%  \begin{macro}{\DoXUsepackagE}
+%  \begin{macro}{\HaveECitationS}
+%  \begin{macro}{\fileversion}
+%  \begin{macro}{\filedate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\docdate}
+%  \begin{macro}{\PPOptArg}
+% These definitions must be the first ones in the file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\fileinfo{title macros (Frankenstein's references)}
+\def\DoXPackageS {}
+\def\initelyHavECitationS {}
+\def\fileversion{v1.2}
+\def\filedate{2001/08/31}
+\def\docdate{2001/08/31}
+\edef\PPOptArg {%
+  \filedate\space \fileversion\space \fileinfo
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% If we're loading this file from a \cs\ProcessDTXFile command (see the
+% \package{compsci} package), then \cs\JusTLoaDInformatioN will be defined;
+% othewise we assume it is not (that's why the FunkY NamE).
+% 
+% If we're loading from \cs\ProcessDTXFile, we want to load the packages listed
+% in \cs\DoXPackageS (needed to typeset the documentation for this file) and
+% then bail out.  Otherwise, we're using this file in a normal way as a
+% package, so do nothing.  \cs\DoXPackageS, if there are any, are declared in
+% the \ext{dtx} file, and, if you're reading the typeset documentation of this
+% package, would appear just above.  (It's OK to call \cs\usepackage with an
+% empty argument or \cs\relax, by the way.)
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\makeatletter% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+\@ifundefined{JusTLoaDInformatioN} {%
+  }{% ELSE (we know the compsci package is already loaded, too)
+  \UndefineCS\JusTLoaDInformatioN
+  \SaveDoXVarS
+  \eExpand\csname DoXPackageS\endcsname\In {%use \csname in case it's undefined
+    \usepackage{#1}%
+  }%
+  \RestoreDoXVarS
+  \makeatother
+  \endinput
+}% A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Now we check for \LaTeX2e and declare the LaTeX package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesPackage{titles}[\PPOptArg]
+%    \end{macrocode}^^A special comment to help create bst files.  Don't change!
+%
+% ^^A NOTE: We have to compensate for the above backslashes, which are not
+% ^^A       actually in the .dtx file the author works on, by adding to the
+% ^^A       CheckSum.
+%%
+% \AddToCheckSum{17}^^A `dtx-update-checksum' automatically handles this.
+% \AddToCheckSum{7}^^A The half a macrocode env. at the top is missed, however...
+% \AddToCheckSum{10}^^A ... and so are the 5 \defs from the .dtx file 
+%                   ^^A     that precede it.
+% \IfCitations {%
+%   \AddToCheckSum{2}^^A When \initelyHavECitationS is defined in
+% }                  ^^A the .dtx file, we need 2 more in the CheckSum.
+%
+%
+% \section{Requirements}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{moredefs,slemph}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \section{Options}
+% 
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@domelater}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\ti@domelater
+\DeclareOption{british} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNN
+    \@doublequotes@false
+  }
+}
+\DeclareOption{american} {%
+  \def\ti@domelater {%
+    \let\Wrapquotes\WrapquotesNS
+    \@doublequotes@true
+  }
+}
+\ExecuteOptions{american}
+\ProcessOptions
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Wrapquotes}
+%
+% Here we go!  This is not a picnic, so leave your jelly jar home.
+%
+%   \subsection{Titles that are Questions or Exclamations}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\IfQuestionOrExclamation}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@checkfor@q}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@checkfor@e}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@prev}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@prev@prev}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ti@sw@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@ti@sw@false}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@ti@sw@}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\IfQuestionOrExclamation [1] {%
+  \@tempswafalse
+  \ti@checkfor@q #1?\@nil
+  \ti@checkfor@e #1!\@nil
+  \if@tempswa
+    \expandafter\@firstoftwo
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@secondoftwo
+  \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The large majority of titles will not contain a question mark or exclamation
+% point.  The large majority of those that do will have a single mark or point
+% at the end.  We could (I think) use a simpler check that processed all titles
+% by looping through to examine the end, but a slightly more complicated check
+% will handle the majority of cases very quickly (and at a constant speed,
+% rather than proportional to title length) and not greatly slow down
+% processing the remaining two unusual cases.  We divide our argument (with an
+% extra question mark tacked onto the end) into what's before the first
+% question mark and what's after it.  Then we examine what's after it and
+% interpret the results thus:
+% \begin{description}
+% \item [empty] no question mark in title
+% \item [question mark] title ends with question mark (and there are no other
+%       question marks)
+% \item [text ending with one question mark] a question mark occurs in the
+%       title, but not at the end
+% \item [text ending with two question marks] title ends with a question mark
+%       (and there is a previous question mark)
+% \end{description}
+% We set switch |a| to true if the title ends with a question mark.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@ti@sw@}
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev
+\ReserveCS\ti@prev@prev
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@q} {#1?#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%  
+  \def\sc@t@b{?}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We use a loop to whittle down |#2| until \cname{ti@prev} contains the last
+% character and \cname{ti@prev@prev} contains the second-to-last.  We know that
+% \cname{ti@prev} is going to be a question mark.  Iff \cname{ti@prev@prev} is a
+% question mark, we are in the final case above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi  
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Exact same logic applies to exclamation points.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\NewName{ti@checkfor@e} {#1!#2\@nil} {%
+  \def\sc@t@a{#2}%  
+  \def\sc@t@b{!}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+  \else
+    \ifx\sc@t@a\sc@t@b
+      \@tempswatrue
+    \else
+      \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+      \let\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@a
+      \@ti@sw@true
+      \@whilesw \if@ti@sw@ \fi {%
+        \ifx\sc@t@a\ShortEmpty
+          \@ti@sw@false
+        \else
+          \let\ti@prev@prev\ti@prev
+          \let\ti@prev\sc@t@a
+          \edef\sc@t@a{\E@cdr\sc@t@a\@nil}%
+        \fi
+      }%
+      \edef\ti@prev@prev{\E@car\ti@prev@prev\@nil}%
+      \ifx\ti@prev@prev\sc@t@b
+        \@tempswatrue
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi  
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Highlevel macros}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@wrapquotes@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@wrapquotes@nosuck}
+%   These two are the top-level internal macros, and they are pretty sane.  One
+%   sucks in a following period or comma, the other does not.
+%   \cname{ti@wrapquotes@suck} does not suck, however, when the title ends in a
+%   question or exclamation point.
+%
+%  The group here is necessary to scope the \cname{@doublequotes@} boolean.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@suck [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{top of wrapquotes@suck}%
+  \IfQuestionOrExclamation {#1} {%
+      \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck{#1}%
+    }{% ELSE
+%    \DTypeout{top of wrapquotes@suck ELSE}%
+    \begingroup
+      \if@doublequotes@
+%        \DTypeout{double true in suck}%
+        \@doublequotes@false
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@suck}%
+      \else
+%        \DTypeout{double false in suck}%
+        \@doublequotes@true
+        \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@suck}%
+      \fi
+      \sc@t@a
+    \endgroup
+    }%
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@wrapquotes@nosuck [1] {%
+  \begingroup
+    \if@doublequotes@
+%      \DTypeout{double true in nosuck}%
+      \@doublequotes@false
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck}%
+    \else
+%      \DTypeout{double false in nosuck}%
+      \@doublequotes@true
+      \def\sc@t@a {\ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck}%
+    \fi
+    \sc@t@a
+  \endgroup
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesNS}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesIS}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesNN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesIN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesSN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesDN}
+% \begin{macro}{\WrapquotesSK}
+% \begin{macro}{\Wrapquotes}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@doublequotes@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@doublequotes@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@doublequotes@false}
+%   Now we can define the secondary programmers' macros.
+%
+%   We simply reserve \cs\Wrapquotes here, and assign it in the user options
+%   section above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@doublequotes@}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNS {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes NS}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIS {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes IS}%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@suck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesNN {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes NN}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesIN {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes IN}%
+  \ToggleBoolean{@doublequotes@}%
+  \ti@wrapquotes@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSN [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes SN}%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesDN [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes DN}%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@double #1\ti@close@double@nosuck
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newcommand*\WrapquotesSK [1] {% FIX: test
+%  \DTypeout{starting wrapquotes SK}%
+  \begingroup
+    \ti@open@single #1\ti@close@single@nosuck\@%
+  \endgroup
+}
+\ReserveCS\Wrapquotes
+\ti@domelater
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Opening quotes}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@open@double}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@open@single}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@openquote}
+%   We start by putting an opening mark in scratch |f| with a global
+%   definition.  
+%
+%   I can't remember why it's global.  In the macros that close quotes, we want
+%   to keep that information around past a group end because we're using
+%   \cs\aftergroup, but that doesn't seem to apply for opening them.  Best not
+%   to change what's not broke, however.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@open@double {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+\newcommand\ti@open@single {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteleft}%
+  \ti@openquote
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Then we look ahead with scratch |a|.  We are looking ahead at the first
+% character of the contents of the \cs\Wrapquotes.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@openquote {% 
+  \futurelet\sc@t@a\ti@@openquote
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Insert the opening mark.  Then, if we are about to open another quote, insert
+% the space appropriate to separate contiguous quotation marks.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@@openquote {%
+  \sc@t@f
+  \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNS
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is NS); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesNN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is NN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is IN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesIS
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is IS); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is SN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesDN
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is DN); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@a\WrapquotesSK
+%    \DTypeout{Quotation marks are doubled up (next is SK); inserting padding.}%
+    \,%
+  \else
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Closing macros that don't suck}
+%
+% This case that doesn't suck is easier, so we warm up with it.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@@nosuck}
+%   \mbox{}   
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@nosuck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@single@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@close@double@@nosuck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@nosuck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@quote@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\if@look@nosuck@}
+% \begin{macro}{\@look@nosuck@true}
+% \begin{macro}{\@look@nosuck@false}
+%    \todo{Document this flag.  It's a hack, we must set it before each call
+%    to \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} I think.  What it stands for is something
+%    like the presence of the tokens \cname{ti@close@single@nosuck} and
+%    \cname{ti@close@double@nosuck} in the list of chars to look for, but since
+%    they aren't really chars they can't go in the list, so instead we set the
+%    flag.  Somewhat cleaner would be putting a flag char in the list, but I
+%    can't think of what char I could safely use.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newboolean{@look@nosuck@}
+\@look@nosuck@false
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@nosuck {%
+%  \DTypeout{Starting ti@close@quote@nosuck}%
+  \@look@nosuck@true
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%% FIX
+% Aha, but here is a good reason to leave in |.,| in our substitute for \cs\nospacelist.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+%      \DTypeout{Found a nosuck no-spacer.  C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@f
+    }{% ELSE
+%      \DTypeout{Found a nosuck spacer. C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@f\space
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Closing macros that suck}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@suck}
+%   We need to look ahead beyond the \cs\endgroup that ends
+%   \cname{Wrapquotes??}.  The lookahead mechanism that gets invoked in scratch
+%   |a| below could handle looking past the \cs\endgroup, but I think it is
+%   more efficient to skip it by using \cs\aftergroup.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@double@@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@suck {%
+  \aftergroup\ti@close@single@@suck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@double@@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@single@@suck}
+%   This part isn't so bad yet.  To close the quotes, we again start with the
+%   closing mark in scratch |f|, with a global definition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@close@double@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquotedblright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+\newcommand\ti@close@single@@suck {%
+  \gdef\sc@t@f {\textquoteright}%
+  \ti@close@quote@suck
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\nospacelist}
+%   Put these in the order of their frequency.  Anything in \cs\nocorrlist
+%   should also be in here, most likely.  I'm putting in \cname{@xobeysp}
+%   because it's in the \package{xspace} package, but I can't tell you when it
+%   would come up.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\requirecommand\nospacelist {%
+  ,.':;?-/\slash~!)]\bgroup\egroup\@sptoken\ \space\/\@xobeysp
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@close@quote@suck}
+%   Then we use \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} to look as far ahead as necessary for
+%   a significant character.  The latest significant character found is
+%   available in scratch |c|.  The work of handling all the cases of what we
+%   might find while looking ahead is divided up between
+%   \cname{ti@close@quote@suck} and \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin}.
+%   \cname{ti@close@quote@suck} handles the last step in the process, and
+%   \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} handles all the steps up to the last.
+%
+%   Here is what \cname{ti@close@quote@suck} does, in English.  If we find a
+%   comma or period, we put it inside the closing quote, and gobble the one we
+%   found.  That is, we print out scratch |c|, then scratch |f|, then gobble a
+%   character.  If we find something in the set given in \cs\nospacelist, do
+%   not leave a space after the closing mark.  That is, just print out scratch
+%   |f|. If we find something else, we leave a space after the closing mark.
+%   That is, print scratch |f| and a space.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@close@quote@suck {%
+%  \DTypeout{Starting ti@close@quote@suck}%
+  \@look@nosuck@false
+  \ti@q@ifnextcharin {.,} {%
+%      \DTypeout{Found a comma or period. C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@c\sc@t@f\DGobbleM % This gobbles the original punctuation.
+    }{% ELSE
+%    \DTypeout {Before second ti@qifnextcharin.  C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+    \@look@nosuck@true
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \begin{todoenv}
+%   Using \cs\nospacelist is inefficient here, since some of the cases,
+%^^A for Emacs {
+%   namely \verb*|,.\@sptoken}|, are never going to be there and shouldn't be
+%   checked for, since they are passed over by \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} before
+%   the list is compared.  But it would be good to have this parallelism between
+%   \package{abbrevs} and \package{titles}.
+% \end{todoenv}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \expandafter \ti@q@ifnextcharin \expandafter {\nospacelist} {%
+%        \DTypeout{Found a suck no-spacer.  C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+        \sc@t@f
+      }{% ELSE
+%      \DTypeout{Found a suck spacer. C=[\meaning\sc@t@c] F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \sc@t@f\space
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+%   \subsection{Looking ahead}
+%
+%   Now things are getting fun.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@ifnextcharin}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@check}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@ifnch}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@@ifnch}
+%   These macros are modeled after the definition of \cname{@ifnextchar} which
+%   skips spaces.  While looking ahead for the next significant character,
+%   these macros skip spaces, \cs\egroup, \cs\endgroup, \cname{check@icr},
+%   \cname{ti@close@double} and \cname{ti@close@single} while doing the right
+%   thing after each.
+%
+%   The first argument should be a list of tokens.  If the next significant
+%   char is in the list, then the |true| clause is executed, otherwise the
+%   |false| clause is executed.  The next significant char is left in scratch
+%   |c| so it can be accessed by the clauses.
+%
+%   The three arguments to \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} are saved in global
+%   variables because while looking ahead we must continue past the ends of
+%   groups.
+%
+%% FIX
+% Not sure I need gdef for scratch |e|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnextcharin [3] {% args: charlist true false
+%  \sc@toks@a{#1}%
+%  \DTypeout{charlist unexpanded is =[\the\sc@toks@a]}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@e {#1}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@a {#2}%
+  \gdef\sc@t@b {#3}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Having saved the arguments, we look ahead with scratch |c|.  This step is not
+% in the macro above so that we can jump back to \cname{ti@q@check} whenever we
+% want to look ahead another character.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@check {%
+  \futurelet\sc@t@c\ti@q@ifnch
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Scratch |c| contains the current char.  Scratch |d| is the action to take at
+% the end of this macro.  We attempt to order these possibilities to make
+% \cs\Wrapquotes most efficient, though it is a guess which items will be
+% encountered most frequently.
+% 
+% The actions taken for each of the possibilities are the following:
+% \begin{description}
+%   \item[\cs\ifvmode]  Assume that the \cs\Wrapquotes was the argument of a
+%     \cs\TextFontCommand from certain \LaTeX{} kernels.  Gobble three more tokens
+%     expected to follow the \cs\ifvmode, execute them, and continue on to look
+%     ahead another character.  See documentation of
+%     \cname{ti@q@handle@ifvmode} for more details.
+%   \item[\cname{check@icr}] This means the \cs\Wrapquotes was the 
+%     argument of a \cs\TextFontCommand.  Gobble the \cname{check@icr} 
+%     and look ahead another character after we exit the
+%     group that the \cs\TextFontCommand has given us.
+%   \item[\cs\endgroup and {\normalfont\ttfamily \}}] Pass right by an \cs\endgroup or
+%     |}| and look ahead another char.
+%   \item[\cname{@sptoken} (a non-explicit space)] Handle a non-explicit space by calling
+%     \cname{ti@q@handle@space}, which gobbles the space and looks ahead
+%     another char.  When the user or a macro has followed the titles with an
+%     \emph{explicit} space such as a tie, or the
+%%    \verb*|\ |
+%     or \cs\space macros, we do nothing and let this be caught by the
+%     comparison to the tokens in the argument of \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin}.
+%   \item[\cname{ti@close@double@suck},
+%         \cname{ti@close@single@suck}]
+%   \item[\cname{ti@close@double@nosuck}, and
+%         \cname{ti@close@single@nosuck}]  We are in a nested
+%         \cs\Wrapquotes.  Call \cname{ti@q@handle@single/double@suck/nosuck} 
+%         as appropriate, which 
+%         gobbles the closequotes token, adds properly-padded closing quotes to
+%         scratch |f|, and then goes on to look ahead another character.
+% \end{description}
+% The lookahead process stops when it finds something not on this list.  Then
+% it compares what it found to the list of characters given to
+% \cname{ti@q@ifnextcharin} and executes the |true| or |false| clause as
+% appropriate.
+%
+% First we have to handle the case of finding an \cs\ifvmode.  We can't bundle
+% this test in with the tests for other tokens, so it gets its own macro,
+% \cname{ti@q@handle@ifvmode}, which see for details.  The remaining cases are
+% handled in \cname{ti@q@@ifnch}.  
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@ifnch {%
+%  \DTypeout{The lookahead in ti@q@ifnch: [\meaning\sc@t@c]}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\ifvmode
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@ifvmode
+  \else
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@@ifnch
+  \fi
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+\newcommand\ti@q@@ifnch {%
+%  \DTypeout{entering ti@q@@ifnch}%
+%  \expandafter\sc@toks@a\expandafter{\sc@t@c}%
+%  \DTypeout{ti@q@@ifnch: C expanded once is =[\the\sc@toks@a]}%
+  \ifx\sc@t@c\check@icr
+%    \DTypeout{Handling check@icr}%
+    \defcommand\sc@t@d [1] {%
+%      \DTypeout{check@icr handler: gobbling [\meaning ##1]}%
+      ##1\aftergroup\ti@q@check
+    }%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\endgroup 
+%    \DTypeout{Handling endgroup}%
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\@sptoken
+%    \DTypeout{Handling space}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@space
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\egroup
+%    \DTypeout{Handling egroup}%
+    \def\sc@t@d {\aftergroup\ti@q@check}%
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@suck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@double@suck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@suck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@single@suck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@suck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@double@nosuck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@double@nosuck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck
+  \else \ifx\sc@t@c\ti@close@single@nosuck
+%    \DTypeout{Handling ti@close@single@nosuck}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck
+  \else
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% We've handled all the lookahead cases, so now we are left with the simple
+% comparison of the next char with the charlist.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+              \@tempswafalse
+              \expandafter   \@tfor
+                \expandafter \sc@t@g
+                \expandafter :%
+                \expandafter =%
+                             \sc@t@e
+                             \do {%
+                  \expandafter\ifx\sc@t@g\sc@t@c
+%                  \DTypeout{We have a match of [\meaning\sc@t@c]
+%                           with [\expandafter\meaning\sc@t@g]}%
+                  \@tempswatrue
+                  \@break@tfor
+                \else
+%                  \DTypeout{We have NO match between [\meaning\sc@t@c]
+%                           with [\meaning\sc@t@g]}%
+                \fi
+              }%
+              \if@tempswa
+%                \DTypeout{Choosing true clause [\meaning\sc@t@a]}%
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause
+              \else
+%                \DTypeout{Choosing false clause [\meaning\sc@t@b]}%
+                \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause
+              \fi
+  \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi \fi
+%  \DTypeout{About to fall out of ti@q@@ifnch and do this [\meaning\sc@t@d]}%
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@ifvmode}
+%   This is in its own macro for clarity and to avoid problems with skipping
+%   over clauses.
+%
+%   \cname{ti@q@ifnch} has to take two different kinds of \LaTeX{} kernel into
+%   account.  The 1996/12/01 and 1997/06/01 kernels used a different definition
+%   of \cs\DeclareTextFontCommand:
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\def \DeclareTextFontCommand #1#2{%
+%  \DeclareRobustCommand#1[1] {%
+%    \ifmmode
+%      \nfss@text{#2##1}%
+%    \else
+%      \leavevmode
+%      {\text@command{##1}%
+%       #2\check@icl ##1\ifvmode\else\check@icr\fi
+%       \expandafter}%
+%    \fi
+%  }%
+%}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%   All other kernels leave out the check for vertical mode (kernels from
+%   1997/12/01 include it when necessary inside \cname{check@icr}).  The macro
+%   \cname{ti@q@ifnch}, which will be called immediately before this point of
+%   difference, handles both cases by looking for both \cs\ifvmode and
+%   \cname{check@icr}.  For the history, see \LaTeX{} bug report 2646.
+%
+%   The check for \cs\ifvmode must not be part of a nested conditional.  \TeX{}
+%   can't match \cs\if{}s with \cs\fi{}s properly when you nest tests for
+%   \cs\if-type tokens.  See p.~211 of the \TeX{}book.
+%
+%   When we encounter an \cs\ifvmode, we must assume we are inside a
+%   TextFontCommand declared by one of the two kernel versions mentioned above.
+%   If not, we are in an unknown situation and we will bomb.  Since the error
+%   message in this case won't be helpful, we warn the user in the log file.
+%   We use scratch |d| to gobble both the \cs\ifvmode and what we expect will
+%   follow the \cs\ifvmode, namely \code{\else\check@icr\fi}.  After swallowing
+%   those, we reissue those same commands and then proceed with our lookahead.
+%   We want to issue those commands, which conditionally introduce an italic
+%   correction, before looking further ahead.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\ti@q@handle@ifvmode {%
+%  \DTypeout{Handling ifvmode}%
+  \FrankenInfo{titles}
+    {Handling an \string\ifvmode\space following a title.\MessageBreak
+     If you now get an error that \string\sc@t@d\space does not\MessageBreak
+     match its definition, this \string\ifvmode\space is\MessageBreak
+     unexpected}%
+  \DefName{sc@t@d} {\ifvmode\else\check@icr\fi} {%
+    \ifvmode
+    \else
+      \check@icr
+    \fi
+    \aftergroup\ti@q@check
+  }%
+  \sc@t@d
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@space}
+%   Handle the case of a following space: gobble the space and call
+%   \cname{ti@q@check}.
+%
+%   This little bit of trickery sneaks a space in as the \cs\def template,
+%   thereby causing a space following \cname{ti@q@handle@space} to get gobbled.
+%   We use the control character \cname{:} and restore its value.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\ReserveCS\ti@q@handle@space
+\let\sc@t@a\:
+\def\:{\ti@q@handle@space} \expandafter\def\: {\ti@q@check}
+\let\:\sc@t@a
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@single@suck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@double@suck}
+%   Handle the single and double sucking cases: gobble the closequotes token
+%   with a \cs\def template, add some stuff to scratch |f| and call
+%   \cname{ti@q@check}.  These are put in their own macros only to avoid
+%   clutter above.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@suck [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{handle double suck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f before: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f after: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@suck [1] {%
+%  \DTypeout{handle single suck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f before: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+%  \DTypeout{scratch f after: [\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck}
+% \begin{macro}{\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck}
+%   Handle the single and double nosucking cases.  Add inter-quote space to
+%   scratch |f| and exit \cname{ti@q@@ifnch} with |true| or |false| depending
+%   on whether we were looking for it.  We had to do it this way instead of the
+%   normal \cname{if} test above at the end of \cname{ti@q@@ifnch} because
+%   \cname{ti@close@double@nosuck} is more than one character long.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@double@nosuck [1] {%
+% \DTypeout{handle double nosuck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+%      \DTypeout{And we're looking for \string\ti@close@double@nosuck.}%
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquotedblright}%
+%      \DTypeout{After adding padding, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+%    \DTypeout{But we're not looking for \string\ti@close@double@nosuck.}%
+%    \DTypeout{F is unchanged, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+\newcommand*\ti@q@handle@single@nosuck [1] {%
+% \DTypeout{handle single nosuck: gobbling [\meaning#1]}%
+  \if@look@nosuck@
+%      \DTypeout{And we're looking for \string\ti@close@single@nosuck.}%
+      \g@addto@macro\sc@t@f {\,\textquoteright}%
+%      \DTypeout{After adding padding, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+      \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@a % the ``true'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \else
+%    \DTypeout{But we're not looking for \string\ti@close@single@nosuck.}%
+%    \DTypeout{F is unchanged, F=[\meaning\sc@t@f]}%
+    \let\sc@t@d\sc@t@b % the ``false'' clause of ti@q@ifnextcharin
+  \fi
+  \ti@q@check
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%  \end{macro}
+%  \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Words and phrases}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\word}
+% \begin{macro}{\foreign}
+% \begin{macro}{\foreignword}
+% \begin{macro}{\phrase}
+% \begin{macro}{\term}
+% \begin{macro}{\defn}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\word\textitswitch
+\newlet\foreign\textitswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \todo{\cs\phrase is the result of expansion here: what effect will this have
+% on its proper nesting, and is this something to worry about?}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\foreignword [1] {%
+  \phrase{\word{#1}}%
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The \cs\@ cancels the effect on spacing of any final punctuation in the
+% argument.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+% \newlet\phrase\WrapquotesSK -- whoops, doesn't work as intended,
+% \phrase{foo}s puts a space before the following `s'
+
+% old definition:
+\newcommand\phrase [1] {%
+  \textquoteleft #1\textquoteright\@%
+}
+\newlet\term\textitswitch
+\newlet\defn\textslswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \section{Titles}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\book}
+% \begin{macro}{\journal}
+% \begin{macro}{\music}
+% \begin{macro}{\article}
+% \begin{macro}{\storytitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\poemtitle}
+% \begin{macro}{\play}
+% \begin{macro}{\craft}
+% \begin{macro}{\species}
+%   \mbox{}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlet\book\textitswitch
+\newlet\journal\textitswitch
+\newlet\music\textitswitch
+\newlet\article\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\storytitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\poemtitle\Wrapquotes
+\newlet\play\textitswitch % \manualref{7.145}
+\newlet\craft\textitswitch
+\newlet\species\textitswitch
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \part{Configuration}
+%
+% User alterations and additions and package testing are in a configuration
+% file.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\InputIfFileExists{titles.cfg}{}{}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%  The contents of the \emph{distributed} configuration file are below.
+%
+% \InputIfFileExists{titles.cfg}{}{}
+%
+% \Finale